FirstRanker Logo

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice is a hub of Question Papers & Study Materials for B-Tech, B.E, M-Tech, MCA, M.Sc, MBBS, BDS, MBA, B.Sc, Degree, B.Sc Nursing, B-Pharmacy, D-Pharmacy, MD, Medical, Dental, Engineering students. All services of FirstRanker.com are FREE

📱

Get the MBBS Question Bank Android App

Access previous years' papers, solved question papers, notes, and more on the go!

Install From Play Store

Download MBA HRM and Finance 1st and 2nd Semester Financial Management Notes

Download MBA (Master of Business Administration) HRM and Finance 1st and 2nd Semester Financial Management Notes

This post was last modified on 14 March 2022

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LESSON ? 1

FINANCE ? AN INTRODUCTION


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSON OUTLINE

Significance
Definition of Finance

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Functions of Finance
Types of Finance
Business Finance
Direct Finance
Indirect Finance

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Public Finance
Private Finance
Corporation Finance
Finance in Relation to other

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Allied Disciplines




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


LEARNING OBJECTIVES

After reading this lesson you
should be able to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Understand the significance and

definition of finance

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Know the functions of finance
Identify the different types of

finance

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Describe

this

relationship

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


between finance with other
allied disciplines


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Significance

Finance is the life blood of business. Before discussing the nature and scope of

financial management, the meaning of `finance' has to be explained. In fact, the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


term, finance has to be understood clearly as it has different meaning and

interpretation in various context. The time and extent of the availability of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

finance in any organization indicates the health of a concern. Every

organization, may it be a company, firm, college, school, bank or university

requires finance for running day to day affairs. As every organization previews

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


stiff competition, it requires finance not only for survival but also for

strengthening themselves. Finance is said to be the circulatory system of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

economy body, making possible the required cooperation between the

innumerable units of activity.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Definition of Finance

According to F.W.Paish, Finance may be defined as the position of money at the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

time it is wanted.



In the words of John J. Hampton, the term finance can be defined as the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


management of the flows of money through an organization, whether it will be a

corporation, school, bank or government agency.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



According to Howard and Upton, "finance may be defined as that

administrative area or set of administrative functions in an organization which

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


relates with the arrangement of each and credit so that the organization may

have the means to carry out the objectives as satisfactorily as possible.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In the words of Bonneville and Dewey, Financing consists in the raising,

providing, managing of all the money, capital or funds of any kind to be used in

connection with the business.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




As put forth by Hurband and Dockery in his book `Modern Corporation

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Finance', finance is defined as "an organism composed of a myriad of separate

enterprise, each working for its own ends but simultaneously making a

contribution to the system as a whole, some force is necessary to bring about

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


direction and co-ordination. Something must direct the flow of economic

activity and facilitate its smooth operation. Finance is the agent that produces

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

this result".



The Encyclopedia Britannica defines finance as "the act of providing the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


means of payment." It is thus the financial aspect of corporate planning which

may be described as the management of money.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



An analysis of the aforesaid definition, makes it clear that finance directs

the flow of economic activity and facilitates the smooth operation. Finance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


provides the required stimulus for continued business operations of all

categories. Finance is essential for expansion, diversification, modernization,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

establishment, of new projects and so on. The financial policy of any

organization to a greater extent, determines not only its existence, and survival

but also the performance and success of that organization. Finance is required

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


for investment, purposes as well as to meet substantial capital expenditure

projects.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Functions of Finance

According to Paul G. Hasings, "finance" is the management of the monetary

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

affairs of a company. It includes determining what has to be paid for and when,

raising the money on the best terms available, and devoting the available funds


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


3

to the best uses. Kenneth Midgley and Ronald Burns state: "Financing is the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

process of organising the flow of funds so that a business can carry out its

objectives in the most efficient manner and meet its obligations as they fall due."


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Finance squeezes the most out of every available rupee. To get the best

out of the available funds is the major task of finance, and the finance manager

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

performs this task most effectively if he is to be successful. In the words of

Mr.A.L.Kingshott, "Finance is the common denominator for a vast range of

corporate objectives, and the major part of any corporate plan must be expressed

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


in financial terms."



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The description of finance may be applied to money management

provided that the following three objectives are properly noted :


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Many activities associated with finance such as saving, payment of

things, giving or getting credit, do not necessarily require the use of money.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



In the first place, the conduct of international trade has been facilitated.

The development of the pecuniary unit in the various commercial nations has

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


given rise to an international denominator of values. The pecuniary unit makes

possible a fairly accurate directing of capital to those parts of the world where it

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

will be most productive. Within any given country, the flow of capital from one

region to another is guided in a similar manner.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The term `finance' refers to the financial system in a rudimentary or

traditional economy, that is, an economy in which the per capita output is low

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and declining over a period of time. The financial organisation in rudimentary

finance is characterized by the absence of any financial instruments of the

saving deficit units of their own which they can issue and attract savings. There

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


will not be any inducement for higher savings by offering different kinds of

financial assets to suit the varied interests and preferences of the investing

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



4
public. The other characteristic of such a financial system is that there are no

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

markets where firms can compete for private savings.

Types of Finance


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Business Finance:



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The

term

`business

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


finance'

is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

very

comprehensive. It implies finances of business activities. The term, `business'

can be categorized into three groups: commerce, industry and service. It is a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


process of raising, providing and managing of all the money to be used in

connection with business activities.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



It encompasses finance of sole proprietary organizations, partnership

firms and corporate organizations. No doubt, the aforesaid organizations have

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


different characteristics, features, distinct regulations and rules. And financial

problems faced by them vary depending upon the nature of business and scale of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

operations. However, it should be remembered that the same principles of

finance are applicable to large and small organizations, proprietary and non-

proprietary organizations.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




According to Guthmann & Dougall, business finance can be broadly

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

defined as the activity concerned with planning, raising, controlling and

administering of funds used in the business.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Business finance deals with a broad spectrum of the financial activities

of a business firm. It refers to the raising and procurement of funds and their

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

appropriate utilisation. It includes within its scope commercial finance,

industrial finance, proprietary finance corporation finance and even agricultural

finance.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




The subject of business finance is much wider than that of corporation

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

finance. However, since corporation finance forms the lion's share in the

business activity, it is considered almost inter-changeable with business finance.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


5

Business finance, apart from the financial environment and strategies of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

financial planning, covers detailed problems of company promotion, growth and

pattern. These problems of the corporate sector go a long way in widening the

horizon of business finance.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




The finance manager has to assume the new responsibility of managing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the total funds committed to total assets and allocating funds to individual assets

in consonance with the overall objectives of the business enterprise.

Direct Finance

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The term 'direct', as applied to the financial organisation, signifies that savings

are effected directly from the saving-surplus units without the intervention of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

financial institutions such as investment companies, insurance companies, unit

trusts, and so on.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Indirect Finance

The term 'indirect finance' refers to the flow of savings from the savers to the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

entrepreneurs through intermediary financial institutions such as investment

companies, unit trusts and insurance companies, and so on.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Finance administers economic activities. The scope of finance is vast and

determined by the financial needs of the business enterprise, which have to be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

identified before any corporate plan is formulated. This eventually means that

financial data must be obtained and scrutinised. The main purpose behind such

scrutiny is to determine how to maintain financial stability.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Public Finance

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



It is the study of principles and practices pertaining to acquisition of funds for

meeting the requirements of government bodies and administration of these

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


funds by the government.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

6


Private Finance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



It is concerned with procuring money for private organization and

management of the money by individuals, voluntary associations and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


corporations. It seeks to analyse the principles and practices of managing one's

own daily affairs. The finance of non-profit organization deals with the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

practices, procedures and problems involved in the financial management of

educational chartable and religions and the like organizations.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Corporation Finance:

Corporation finance deals with the financial

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

problems of a corporate enterprise. These problems include the financial aspects

of the promotion of new enterprises and their administration during their early

period ; the accounting problems connected with the distinction between capital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


and income, the administrative problems arising out of growth and expansion,

and, finally, the financial' adjustments which are necessary to bolster up to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

rehabilitate a corporation which has run into financial difficulties.



The term `corporation finance' includes, apart from the financial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


environment, the different strategies of financial planning. It includes problems

of public deposits, inter-company loans and investments, organised markets

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

such as the stock exchange, the capital market, the money market and the bill

market. Corporation finance also covers capital formation and foreign capital

and collaborations.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Finance in Relation to Other Allied Disciplines:

The finance function

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

cannot work effectively unless it draws on the-disciplines which are closely

associated with it. Management is heavily dependent on accounting for

operating facts. Accounting' has been described by Richard M. Lynch and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Robert W. Williamson as "the - measurement and communication of financial



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7

and economical data. In fact, accounting information relates to the production,

sales, expenses, investments, losses and gains of the business. Accounting has

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


three branches namely, financial accounting, cost accounting and management

accounting.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Relationships between Finance and other Disciplines



Primary Disciplines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Finance Decisions



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



1. Accou

nting

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Supports



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



2. Economics

Investment,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




3. Taxation

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Working capital,


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Other Disciplines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Operations

Leverage


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Research



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Supports

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Production

Dividend policy


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Financial Accounting: It is concerned with the preparation of reports which

provide information to users outside the firm. The most common reports are the

financial statements included in the annual reports of stock-holders and potential

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


investors. The main objective of these-reports is to inform stockholders,

creditors and other investors how assets are controlled by a firm. In the light of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the financial statements and certain other information, the accountant prepares

funds film statement, cash flow statement and budgets.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


A master plan (Budget) of the organization includes and coordinates the

plans of every department in financial terms. According to Guthmann and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Dougall, "Problems of finance are intimately connected while problems of

purchasing, production and marketing".

Cost Accounting: It deals primarily with cost data. It is the process of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


classifying, recording, allocating and reporting the various costs incurred in the

operation of an enterprise. It includes a detailed system of control for material,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

labour and overheads. Budgetary control and standard casting are integral part of



8

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

cost accounting. The purpose of cost accounting is to provide information to the

management for decision making, planning and control. It facilitates cost

reduction and cost control. It involves reporting of cost data to the management.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Management Accounting: It refers to accounting for the management. It

provides necessary information to assist the management in the creation of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

policy and in the day to day operations. It enables the management to discharge

all its functions, namely, planning, organizing, staffing, direction and control

efficiently with the help of accounting information. Functions of management

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


accounting include all activities connected with collecting, processing,

interpreting and presenting information to the management. According to J.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Batty, `management accounting' is the term used to describe the accounting

methods, systems and technique which coupled with special knowledge and

ability, assist management in its task of maximizing profits or minimizing

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


losses. Management accounting is related to the establishment of cost centres,

preparation of budgets, preparation of cost control accounts and fixing of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

responsibility for different functions.


SUMMARY

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Finance is the life blood of business. Before discussing the nature and

scope of financial management, the meaning of `finance' has to be explained. In

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


fact, the term, finance has to be understood clearly as it has different meaning

and interpretation in various contexts. The time and extent of the availability of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

finance in any organization indicates the health of a concern. Finance may be

defined as the position of money at the time it is wanted. Financing consists in

the raising, providing, managing of all the money, capital or funds of any kind to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


be used in connection with the business.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9



The term `business finance' is very comprehensive. It implies finances

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of business activities. The term, `business' can be categorized into three groups:

commerce, industry and service. It is a process of raising, providing and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

managing of all the money to be used in connection with business activities. The

term `corporation finance' includes, apart from the financial environment, the

different strategies of financial planning. It includes problems of public deposits,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


inter-company loans and investments, organised markets such as the stock

exchange, the capital market, the money market and the bill market.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



The finance function cannot work effectively unless it draws on the-

disciplines which are closely associated with it. Management is heavily

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


dependent on Accounting, Economics, Taxation, Operations research,

Production and Marketing.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



10
KEYWORDS

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Finance : It is defined as the position of money at the time it is wanted.

Business Finance : According to Guthmann & Dougall, business finance can be

broadly defined as the activity concerned with planning, raising, controlling and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


administering of funds used in the business.

Corporation Finance : The term `corporation finance' includes, apart from the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

financial environment, the different strategies of financial planning. It includes

problems of public deposits, inter-company loans and investments, organised

markets such as the stock exchange, the capital market, the money market and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the bill market.

Accounting : It relates to the production, sales, expenses, investments, losses

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and gains of the business.

Financial Accounting : The most common reports are the financial statements

included in the annual reports of stock-holders and potential investors.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Cost Accounting : It deals primarily with cost data. It is the process of

classifying, recording, allocating and reporting the various costs incurred in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

operation of an enterprise. It includes a detailed system of control for material,

labour and overheads.

Management Accounting : It refers to accounting for the management. It

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


provides necessary information to assist the management in the creation of

policy and in the day to day operations. It enables the management to discharge

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

all its functions, namely, planning, organizing, staffing, direction and control

efficiently with the help of accounting information.

Management : Process of attainment of predetermined goals by directing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


activities of a group of persons and employing other resources.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





11

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

REVIEW QUESTIONS

1.

Explain fully the concept of finance.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2.

Bring out the importance of finance.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3.

It is often said that financial activities hinge on the money management.

Do you agree with this point of view?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


4.

"Financial accounting is essentially of a stewardship nature." Comment.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

5.

What is business finance? Explain its significance.

6.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


How can you classify finance?

7.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

How is finance related to other disciplines?

*****


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

12
LESSON 2

FINANCE FUNCTION

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



LESSON OUTLINE

Nature of Finance Function

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Content of Finance Function
Finance Function - Objectives
Changing Concept of Finance
Scope of Finance Function
Organisation of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Finance Function

Meaning of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Finance Function

Finance Function -

A New Perspective

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


LEARNING OBJECTIVES

After reading this lesson, you
should be able to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Understand

the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

nature

of

finance function

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Analyse the content of finance

function

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Know the objectives of finance

function

Understand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the

changing

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

concept of finance.

Discuss the scope of the finance

function

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Describe the organization of

finance function

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Know the meaning of controller

and treasure

Understand the new perspective

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of finance function



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13

Nature of Finance Function

The finance function is the process of acquiring and utilizing funds of a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


business. Finance functions are related to overall management of an

organization. Finance function is concerned with the policy decisions such as

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

like of business, size of firm, type of equipment used, use of debt, liquidity

position. These policy decisions determine the size of the profitability and

riskiness of the business of the firm. Prof. K.M.Upadhyay has outlined the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


nature of finance function as follows:

i)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

In most of the organizations, financial operations are centralized. This

results in economies.

ii)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Finance functions are performed in all business firms, irrespective of their

sizes / legal forms of organization.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

iii) They contribute to the survival and growth of the firm.

iv) Finance function is primarily involved with the data analysis for use in

decision making.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


v)

Finance functions are concerned with the basic business activities of a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

firm, in addition to external environmental factors which affect basic

business activities, namely, production and marketing.

vi) Finance functions comprise control functions also

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


vii) The central focus of finance function is valuation of the firm.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Content of Finance Functions

The areas of responsibility covered by finance functions may be regarded as the

content of finance function. These areas are specific functions of finance.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Famous authors of financial management have enumerated the contents of

finance function, as outlined, below:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





14

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Name of the Author


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Content of Finance Functions

1)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

James C. Van Horne




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Investment Decision



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Financing Decision



Dividend Decisions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


2)

Earnest W. Walker

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Financial Planning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Financial Co-ordination

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Financial Control

3)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


J. Fred Weston and



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Eugene F. Brigham


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Financial Planning and Control



Management of Working Capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Investment in Fixed Assets

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Capital Structure Decisions


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Individual Financing Episodes



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



It is clear from the above, that, finance functions can be grouped

as outlined below:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


i)

Financial planning

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ii)

Financial control

iii)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Financing decisions

iv)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Investment decision

v)

Management of income and dividend decision

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


vi)

Incidental functions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


15

Finance Function ? Objectives

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The objective of finance function is to arrange as much funds for the business as

are required from time to time. This function has the following objectives.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Assessing the Financial requirements. The main objective of finance

function is to assess the financial needs of an organization and then finding out

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

suitable sources for raising them. The sources should be commensurate with the

needs of the business. If funds are needed for longer periods then long-term

sources like share capital, debentures, term loans may be explored.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Proper Utilisation of Funds : Though raising of funds is important but their

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

effective utilisation is more important. The funds should be used in such a way

that maximum benefit is derived from them. The returns from their use should

be more than their cost. It should be ensured that funds do not remain idle at any

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


point of time. The funds committed to various operations should be effectively

utilised. Those projects should be preferred which are beneficial to the business.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



3. Increasing Profitability. The planning and control of finance function aims

at increasing profitability of the concern. It is true that money generates money.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To increase profitability, sufficient funds will have to be invested. Finance

function should be so planned that the concern neither suffers from inadequacy

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of funds nor wastes more funds than required. A proper control should also be

exercised so that scarce resources are not frittered away on uneconomical

operations. The cost of acquiring funds also influences profitability of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


business.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



16
4. Maximising Value of Firm. Finance function also aims at maximizing the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

value of the firm. It is generally said that a concern's value is linked with its

profitability.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The changing concept of finance

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

According to Ezra Solomon, the changing concept of finance can be analysed

by dividing the entire process into three broad groupings.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


First Approach

This approach just emphasizes only on the liquidity and financing of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

enterprise.



Traditional Approach

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


This approach is concerned with raising of funds used in an organization. It

compasses

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

a) instruments, institutions and practice through which funds are

augmented.

b) the legal and accounting relationship between a company and its source

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of funds.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Modern approach

This approach is concerned not only with the raising of funds, but their

administration also. This approach encompasses

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


a) determination of the sum total amount of funds to employ in the firm.

b) Allocation of resources efficiently to various assets.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



17

c) Procuring the best mix of financing ? i.e. the type and amount of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


corporate securities.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

An analysis of the aforesaid approaches unfold that modern approach

involving an integrated approach to finance has considered not only

determination of total amount of funds but also allocation of resources

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


efficiently to various assets of the firm. Thus one can easily decipher that the

concept of finance has undergone a perceptible change.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



This is evident from the views expressed by one of the financial experts,

namely, James C Van Horne and the same are reproduced below:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Finance concept (function or scope) has changed from a primarily

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

descriptive study to one that encompasses regions analysis and normative

theory; from a field that was concerned primarily with the procurement of funds

to one that includes the management of assets, the allocation of capital and the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


valuation of the firm as a whole; and from a field that emphasized external

analysis to the firm to one that stresses decision making within the firm.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Finance, today, is best characterized as ever changing with new ideas and

techniques. The role of financial manager is considerably different from what it

was a few years ago and from what it will no doubt be in another coming years.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Academicians and financial mangers must grow to accept the changing

environment and master its challenge.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Scope of Finance Function

The scope of finance function is very wide. While accounting is concerned with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the routine type of work, finance function is concerned with financial planning,

policy formulation and control. Earnest W. Walker and William are of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

opinion that the financial function has always been important in business

management. The financial organiastion depends upon the nature of the


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


18
organization ? whether it is a proprietary organsation, a partnership firm or

corporate body. The significance of the finance function depends on the nature

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


and size of a business firm. The role of various finance officers must be clearly

defined to avoid conflicts and the overlapping of responsibilities. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

operational functions of finance include :

Financial planning

Deciding the capital structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Selection of source of finance

Selection of pattern of investment

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



i) Financial Planning. The first task of a financial manager is to estimate short-

term and long-term financial requirements of his business. For this purpose, he

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


will prepare a financial plan for present as well as for future. The amount

required for purchasing fixed assets as well as needs of funds for working

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

capital will have to be ascertained. The estimations should be based on sound

financial principles so that neither there are inadequate nor excess funds with the

concern. The inadequacy of funds will adversely affect the day-to-day

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


operations of the concern whereas excess funds may tempt a management to

indulge in extravagant spending or speculative activities.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



ii) Deciding Capital Structure. The Capital structure refers to the kind and

proportion of different securities for raising funds. After deciding about the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


quantum of funds required it should be decided which type of securities should

be raised. It may be wise to finance fixed assets through long-term debts. Even if

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

gestation period is longer, then share capital may be most suitable. Long-term

funds should be raised. It may be wise to finance fixed assets through long-term

debts. Even here if gestation period is longer, then share capital may be most

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




19

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

suitable. Long-term funds should be employed to finance working capital also, if

not wholly then partially. Entirely depending upon overdrafts and cash creditors

for meeting working capital needs may not be suitable. A decision about various

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


sources for funds should be linked to the cost of raising funds. If cost of raising

funds is very high then such sources may not be useful for long.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



iii) Selection of Source of Finance. After preparing a capital structure, an

appropriate source of finance is selected. Various sources from which finance

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


may be raised, include: share capital, debentures, financial institutions,

commercial banks, public deposits, etc. If finances are needed for short periods

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

then banks, public deposits and financial institutions may be appropriate; on the

other hand, if long-term finances are required then share capital and debentures

may be useful. If the concern does not want to tie down assets as securities then

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


public deposits may be a suitable source. If management does not want to dilute

ownership then debentures should be issued in preference to share.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

iv) Selection of Pattern of Investment. When funds have been procured then a

decision about investment pattern is to be taken. The selection of an investment

pattern is related to the use of funds. A decision will have. to be taken as to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


which assets are to be purchased ? The funds will have to be spent first on fixed

assets and then an appropriate portion will be retained for Working Capital. The

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

decision-making techniques such as Capital Budgeting, Opportunity Cost

Analysis, etc. may be applied in making decisions about capital expenditures.

While spending on various assets, the principles of safety, profitability and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


liquidity should not he ignored. A balance should be struck even in these

principles.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


20
Organization of the Finance Functions

Today, finance function has obtained the status of a science and an art. As

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


finance function has far reaching significance in overall management process,

structural organization for further function becomes an outcome of an important

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

organization problem. The ultimate responsibility of carrying out the finance

function lies with the top management. However, organization of finance

function differs from company to company depending on their respective

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


requirements. In many organizations one can note different layers among the

finance executives such as Assistant Manager (Finance), Deputy Manager

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(Finance) and General Manager (Finance). The designations given to the

executives are different. They are


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Chief Finance Officer (CFO)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Vice-President (Finance)



Financial Controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




General Manager (Finance)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Finance Officers



Finance, being an important portfolio, the finance functions are entrusted

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


to top management. The Board of Directors who are at the helm of affairs,

normally constitute a `Finance Committee' to review and formulate financial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

policies. Two more officers, namely `treasurer' and `controller' ? may be

appointed under the direct supervision of CFO to assist him/her. In larger

companies with modern management, there may be Vice-President or Director

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of finance, usually with both controller and treasurer. The organization of

finance function is portrayed below:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




21

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Organization of Finance Function




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Board of Directors



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Managing Directors


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Production

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Purchase

Finance

Personnel

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Marketing



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Director

Director

Director

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Director

Director

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Treasurer

Controller

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Auditing

Credit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Planning &

Cost and


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Analysis

Budgeting

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

inventory




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Pension

Cost

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Profit

Accounting

management

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


management

Analysis

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and pay roll




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




It is evident from the above that Board of Directors is the supreme body

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

under whose supervision and control Managing Director, Production Director,

Personnel Director, Financial Director, Marketing Director perform their

respective duties and functions. Further while auditing credit management,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


retirement benefits and cost control banking, insurance, investment function

under treasurer, planning and budgeting, inventory management, tax

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22
administration, performance evaluation and accounting functions are under the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

supervision of controller.



Meaning of Controller and Treasurer

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The terms `controller' and `treasurer' are in fact used in USA. This pattern is not

popular in Indian corporate sector. Practically, the controller / financial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

controller in India carried out the functions of a Chief Accountant or Finance

Officer of an organization. Financial controller who has been a person of

executive rank does not control the finance, but monitors whether funds so

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


augmented are properly utilized. The function of the treasurer of an organization

is to raise funds and manage funds. The treasures functions include forecasting

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the financial requirements, administering the flow of cash, managing credit,

flotation of securities, maintaining relations with financial institutions and

protecting funds and securities. The controller's functions include providing

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


information to formulate accounting and costing policies, preparation of

financial reports, direction of internal auditing, budgeting, inventory control

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

payment of taxes, etc. According to Prof. I.M. Pandey, while the controller's

functions concentrate the asset side of the balance sheet, the treasurer's

functions relate to the liability side.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Finance Function ? A Fresh look

The designation Finance Manager or Director (Finance) is very popular in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Indian Corporate sector. The key function of any financial manager in India is

management of funds. It means given the constraints, he must ensure optimum

utilization of funds. The financial managers have significant involvement in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


injecting financial discipline in corporate management processes. They are

responsible for emphasizing the need for rational use of funds and the necessity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

for monitoring the operations of the firm to achieve expected results. The



23

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


finance functions of augmenting resources and utilisation of funds, no doubt,

have a significant impact on other functions also. Infact, between finance on one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

side and production, marketing and other functions on the other side, an

inseparable relationship exists. The Board of Directors have been bestowed with

the onerous responsibility of reviewing financial procedures, formulation of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


financial policies, selection of right finance personnel with professional

capabilities like Chartered Accountant, Cost Accountant and Company

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Secretaries. The Board of Directors with counsel and direction given by the

financial manager finalise decisions pertaining to formulation of new projects,

diversification of projects, expansion of undertaking, introduction of new

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


products, widening the branch areas, diversification of new product lines. It

should be remembered that the financial controller, in fact, does not control

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

finance. For management control and planning, the financial controller develops,

uses and interprets information.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Summary

The finance function is the process of acquiring and utilizing funds of a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

business. Finance functions are related to overall management of an

organization. Finance function is concerned with the policy decisions such as

like of business, size of firm, type of equipment used, use of debt, liquidity

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


position. These policy decisions determine the size of the profitability and

riskiness of the business of the firm. The areas of responsibility covered by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

finance functions may be regarded as the content of finance function. These

areas are specific functions of finance. The main objective of finance function is

to assess the financial needs of an organization and then finding out suitable

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


sources for raising them.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

24


The funds should be used in such a way that maximum benefit is derived

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

from them. Finance function also aims at maximizing the value of the firm. It is

generally said that a concern's value is linked with its profitability. Finance,

today, is best characterized as ever changing with new ideas and techniques. The

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


role of financial manager is considerably different from what it was a few years

ago and from what it will no doubt be in another coming years. Academicians

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and financial mangers must grow to accept the changing environment and

master its challenge. Finance, being an important portfolio, the finance functions

are entrusted to top management. The Board of Directors who are at the helm of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


affairs, normally constitute a `Finance Committee' to review and formulate

financial policies. Two more officers, namely `treasurer' and `controller' ? may

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

be appointed under the direct supervision of CFO to assist him/her. The Board

of Directors have been bestowed with the onerous responsibility of reviewing

financial procedures, formulation of financial policies, selection of right finance

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


personnel with professional capabilities like Chartered Accountant, Cost

Accountant and Company Secretaries. The Board of Directors with counsel and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

direction given by the financial manager finalise decisions pertaining to

formulation of new projects, diversification of projects, expansion of

undertaking, introduction of new products, widening the branch areas,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


diversification of new product lines.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





25

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Keywords

Finance Function : The finance function is the process of acquiring and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

utilizing funds of a business.

Content of finance function - The areas of responsibility covered by finance

functions may be regarded as the content of finance function.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Controller ? He is concerned with the management and control of firm's assets.

Treasurer ? He is concerned with managing the firm's funds and safeguarding

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

assets.



Review Questions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1) What is finance function?

2) State the objectives of finance function.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3) Explain the significance of finance function.

4) Analyse the various approaches to finance function.

5) Explain the role of CFO in financial management.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


6) Discuss the support extended by the Board of Directors in managing

finance.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

7) Explain the scope of finance function.

8) Elucidate the changing facet of finance function.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


*****



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

LESSON 3

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT ? NATURE AND SCOPE


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSON OUTLINE

Financial Management -

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Significance

Financial Management -

Definition

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Evaluation of Financial

Management

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Nature of Financial

Management

Financial Management ? Key

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Areas

Financial manager?Functions
Financial Management -

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


As science or art

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

After reading this lesson, you
should be able to

Understand the significance of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

financial management

Know the definition of financial

management

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Details

the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

evaluation

of

Financial management

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Analyse the nature of financial

management

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Identify the key areas of

financial management

Enumerate the functions of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


financial manager

Understand

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

how

financial

management is considered both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

an art and science



27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Financial Management ? Significance

Financial management has undergone fundamental changes as regards its scope

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and coverage. Financial management is the application of planning and control

to the finance function. It helps in profit planning, measuring costs, controlling

inventories, accounts receivables. It also helps in monitoring the effective

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


deployment of funds in fixed assets and in working capital. It aims at ensuring

that adequate cash is on hand to meet the required current and capital

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

expenditure. It facilitates ensuring that significant capital is procured at the

minimum cost to maintain adequate cash on hand to meet any exigencies that

may arise in the course of business. Financial management helps in ascertaining

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


and managing not only current requirements but also future needs of an

organization.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

It ensures that funds are available at the right time and procurement of

funds does not interfere with the right of management / exercising

control over the affairs of the company.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


It influences the profitability / return on investment of a firm.

It influences cost of capital. Efficient fund managers endeavour to locate

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

less cost source so as to enhance profitability of organization.

It affects the liquidity position of firms.

It enhances market value of the firm through efficient and effective

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


financial management.

Financial management is very much required for the survival, growth,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

expansion and diversification of business.

It is required to ensure purposeful resource allocation.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28
Financial Management ? Definition

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

According to Weston and Brigham, financial management is an area of financial

decision making, harmonizing individual motives and enterprise goals.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


In the words of Phillippatus, financial management is concerned with the

managerial decisions that result in the acquisition and financing of long-term

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and short-term credits for the firm. As such it deals with the situations that

require selection of specific assets / combination of assets, the selection of

specific liability / combination of liabilities as well as the problem of size and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


growth of an enterprise. The analysis of these decisions is based on the expected

inflows and outflows of funds and their effects upon managerial objectives.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Evolution of Financial Management

Finance, as capital, was part of the economics discipline for a long time. So,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


financial management until the beginning of the 20th century was not

considered as a separate entity and was very much a part of economics.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



In the 1920s, liquidity management and raising of capital assumed

importance. The book, `FINANCIAL POLICY OF CORPORATIONS' written

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


by Arthur Stone Dewing in 1920 was a scholarly text on financing and liquidity

management, i.e., cash management and raising of capital in 1920s.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



In the 1930s there was the Great Depression, i.e., all round price decline,

business failures and declining business. This forced the business to be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


extremely concerned with solvency, survival, reorganisation and so on.

Financial Management emphasized on solvency management and on debt-equity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

proportions. Besides external control on businesses became more pronounced.



Till early 1950s financial management was concerned with maintaining

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the financial chastity of the business. Conservatism, investor/lendor related



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

29

protective covenants/information processing, issue management, etc. were the

prime concerns. It was an outsider-looking-in function.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




From the middle of 1950s financial management turned into an insider-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

looking-in function. That is, the emphasis shifted to utilisation of funds from

raising of funds. So, choice of investment, capital investment appraisals, etc.,

assumed importance. Objective criteria for commitment of funds in individual

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


assets were evolved.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Towards the close of the 1950s Modigliani and Miller even argued that

sources of capital were irrelevant and only the investment decisions were

relevant. Such was the total turn in the emphasis of financial management.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




In the 1960s portfolio management of assets gained importance. In the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

selection of investment opportunities portfolio approach was adopted, certain

combinations of assets give more overall return given the risk or give a certain

return for a reduced risk. So, selection of such combination of investments

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


gained eminence.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

In the 1970s the capital asset pricing model (CAPM), arbitrage pricing

model (APM), option pricing model (OPM), etc., were developed - all

concerned with how to choose financial assets. In the 1980s further advances in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


financial management were found. Conjunction of personal taxation with

corporate taxation, financial signalling, efficient market hypothesis, etc., was

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

some newer dimensions of corporate financial decision paradigm. Further

Merger and Acquisition (M&A) became an important corporate strategy.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The 1960s, saw the era of financial globalization. Educational

globalization is the order of the day. Capital moved West to East, North to South

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and so on. So, global financial management, global investment management,

foreign exchange risk management, etc., become more important topics.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


30


In late 1990s and 2000s, corporate governance got preeminence and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


financial disclosure and related norms are being great concerns of financial

management. The dawn of 21st Century is heralding a new era of financial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

management with cyber support. The developments till mid 1950s are branded

as classical financial management. This dealt with cash management, cash flow

management, raising capital, debt-equity norms, issue management, solvency

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


management and the like. The developments since mid - 1950s and upto 1980s,

are branded as modern financial management. The emphasis is on asset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

management, portfolio approach, capital asset pricing model, financial

signalling, efficient market hypothesis and so on. The developments since the

1990s may be called post modern financial management with great degree of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


global financial integration net supported finances and so on.

Nature of Financial Management

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Financial management is applicable to every type of organization, irrespective

of the size, kind or nature. Every organization aims to utilize its resources in a

best possible and profitable way.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


i)

Financial Management is an integral part of overall management.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Financial considerations are involved in all business decisions.

Acquisition, maintenance, removal or replacement of assets,

employee compensation, sources and costs of different capital,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


production, marketing, finance and personnel decision, almost all

decisions for that matter have financial implications. Therefore,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

financial management is pervasive throughout the organisation.

ii)

The central focus of financial management is valuation of the firm.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Financial decisions are directed at increasing/maximization/

optimizing the value of the institution. Weston and Brigham depict

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the above orientation in the exhibit given below:



31

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Orientation of Financial Management

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Policy Decisions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Risk

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Line of activities

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



2. Mode of entry

Value of Institute

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




3. Size of operation

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



4. Assets mix

Return

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


` 5. Capital mix


6. Liquidity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Solvency




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


iii)

Financial management essentially involves risk-return trade-off.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Decisions on investment involve choosing of types of assets which

generate returns accompanied by risks. Generally higher the risk

returns might be higher and vice versa. So, the financial manager has

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


to decide the level of risk the firm can assume and satisfy with the

accompanying return. Similarly, cheaper sources of capital have

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

other disadvantages. So to avail the benefit of the low cost funds, the

firm has to put up with certain risks, so, risk-return trade-off is there

throughout.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


iv)

Financial management affects the survival, growth and vitality of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

institution. Finance is said to be the life blood of institutions. The

amount, type, sources, conditions and cost of finance squarely

influence the functioning of the institution.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


v)

Finance functions, i.e., investment, raising of capital, distribution of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

profit, are performed in all firms - business or non-business, big or

small, proprietary or corporate undertakings. Yes, financial


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


32
management is a concern of every concern including educational

institutions.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


vi)

Financial management is a sub-system of the institutional system

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

which has other subsystems like academic activities, research wing,

etc., In systems arrangement financial sub-system is to be well-

coordinated with others and other sub-systems well matched with the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


financial sub-system.

vii)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Financial management of an institution is influenced by the external

legal and economic environment. The legal constraints on using a

particular type of funds or on investing in a particular type of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


activity, etc., affect financial decisions of the institution. Financial

management is, therefore, highly influenced/constrained by external

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

environment.

viii)

Financial management is related to other disciplines like accounting,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


economics, taxation, operations research, mathematics, statistics etc.,

It draws heavily from these disciplines.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ix)

There are some procedural finance functions - like record keeping,

credit appraisal and collection, inventory replenishment and issue,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


etc., These are routinized and are normally delegated to bottom level

management executives.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

x)

The nature of finance function is influenced by the special

characteristic of the business. In a predominantly technology oriented

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


institutions like CSIR, CECRI, it is the R & D functions which get

more dominance, while in a university or college the different

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

courses offered and research which get more priority and so on.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Financial Management ? Key Areas



The key areas of financial management are discussed in the following

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


paragraphs.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(i) Estimating the Capital requirements of the concern. The Financial

Manager should exercise maximum care in estimating the financial requirement

of his firm. To do this most effectively, he will have to use long-range planning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


techniques. This is because, every business enterprise requires funds not only for

long-term purposes for investment in fixed assets, but also for short term so as to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

have sufficient working capital. He can do his job properly if he can prepare

budgets of various activities for estimating the financial requirements of his

enterprise. Carelessness in this regard is sure to result in either deficiency or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


surplus of funds. If his concern is suffering because of insufficient capital, it

cannot successfully meet its commitments in time, whereas if it has acquired

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

excess capital, the task of managing such excess capital may not only prove very

costly but also tempt the management to spend extravagantly.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(ii) Determining the Capital Structure of the Enterprise. The Capital

Structure of an enterprise refers to the kind and proportion of different

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

securities. The Financial Manager can decide the kind and proportion of various

sources of capital only after the requirement of Capital Funds has been decided.

The decisions regarding an ideal mix of equity and debt as well as short-term

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and long-term debt ratio will have to be taken in the light of the cost of raising

finance from various sources, the period for which the funds are required and so

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

on. Care should be taken to raise sufficient long-term capital in order to finance

the fixed assets as well as the extension programme of the enterprise in such a


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


34
wise manner as to strike an ideal balance between the own funds and the loan

funds of the enterprise.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




(iii) Finalising the choice as to the sources of finance. The capital structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

finalised by the management decides the final choice between the various

sources of finance. The important sources are share-holders, debenture-holders,

banks and other financial institutions, public deposits and so on. The final choice

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


actually depends upon a careful evaluation of the costs and other conditions

involved in these sources. For instance, although public deposits carry higher

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

rate of interest than on debentures, certain enterprises prefer them to debentures

as they do not involve the creation of any charge on any of the company's assets.

Likewise, companies that are not willing to dilute ownership, may prefer other

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


sources instead of investors in its share capital.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(iv) Deciding the pattern of investment of funds. The Financial Manager must

prudently invest the funds procured, in various assets in such a judicious manner

as to optimise the return on investment without jeopardising the long-term

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


survival of the enterprise. Two important techniques-- (i) Capital Budgeting;

and (ii) Opportunity Cost Analysis--can guide him in finalising the investment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of long-term funds by helping him in making a careful assessment of various

alternatives. A portion of the long-term funds of the enterprise should be

earmarked for investment in the company's working capital also. He can take

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


proper decisions regarding the investment of funds only when he succeeds in

striking an ideal balance between the conflicting principles of safety,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

profitability and liquidity. He should not attach all the importance only to the

canon of profitability. This is particularly because of the fact that the company's


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


35

solvency will be in jeopardy, in case major portion of its funds are locked up in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

highly profitable but totally unsafe projects. .



(v) Distribution of Surplus judiciously. The Financial Manager should decide

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the extent of the surplus that is to be retained for ploughing back and the extent

of the surplus to be distributed as dividend to shareholders. Since decisions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

pertaining to disposal of surplus constitute a very important area of Financial

Management, he must carefully evaluate such influencing factors as--(a) the

trend of earnings of the company; (A) the trend of the market price of its shares;

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(c) the extent of funds required for meeting the self-financing needs of the

company; (d) the future prospects; (e) the cash flow position, etc.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



(vi) Efficient Management of cash. Cash is absolutely necessary for

maintaining enough liquidity. The Company requires cash to--(a) pay off

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


creditors; (b) buy stock of materials; (c) make payments to labourers; and (d)

meet routine expenses. It is the responsibility of the Financial Manager to make

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the necessary arrangements to ensure that all the departments of the Enterprise

get the required amount of cash in time for promoting a smooth flow of all

operations. Short-age of cash on any particular occasion is sure to damage the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


credit- worthiness of the enterprise. At the same time, it is not advisable to keep

idle cash also. Idle cash should be invested in near-cash assets that are capable

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of being converted into cash quickly without any loss during emergencies. The

exact requirements of cash during various periods can be assessed by the

Financial Manager by preparing a cash-flow statement in advance.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





36

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Finance Manager ? Functions

Finance manager is an integral part of corporate management of an

organization. With his profession experience, expertise knowledge and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


competence, he has to play a key role in optimal utilization of financial

resources of the organization. With the growth in the size of the organization,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

degree of specialization of finance function increases. In large undertakings, the

finance manager is a top management executive who participants in various

decision making functions. He has to update his knowledge with regard to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), Foreign portfolio investment, mergers,

amalgamations acquisitions, and corporate restructuring, performance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

management, risk management corporate governance, investor relations,

working capital management, derivative trading practices, investor education

and investor protection etc.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




1) Forecasting of Cash Flow. This is necessary for the successful day to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

day operations of the business so that it can discharge its obligations as

and when they rise. In fact, it involves matching of cash inflows against

outflows and the manager must forecast the sources and timing of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


inflows from customers and use them to pay the liability.

2) Raising Funds: the Financial Manager has to plan for mobilising funds

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

from different sources so that the requisite amount of funds are made

available to the business enterprise to meet its requirements for short

term, medium term and long term.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3) Managing the Flow of Internal Funds: Here the Manager has to keep a

track of the surplus in various bank accounts of the organisation and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ensure that they are properly utilised to meet the requirements of the



37

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


business. This will ensure that liquidity position of the company is

maintained intact with the minimum amount of external borrowings.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

4) To Facilitate Cost Control: The Financial Manager is generally the first

person to recognise when the costs for the supplies or production

processes are exceeding the standard costs/budgeted figures.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Consequently, he can make recommendations to the top management for

controlling the costs.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

5) To Facilitate Pricing of Product, Product Lines and Services: The

Financial Manager can supply important information about cost changes

and cost at varying levels of production and the profit margins needed to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


carry on the business successfully. In fact, financial manager provides

tools of analysis of information in pricing decisions and contribute to the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

formulation of pricing policies jointly with the marketing manager.

6) Forecasting Profits: The Financial manager is usually responsible for

collecting the relevant data to make forecasts of profit levels in future.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7) Measuring Required Return: The acceptance or rejection of an

investment proposal depends on whether the expected return from the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

proposed investment is equal to or more than the required return. An

investment project is accepted if the expected return is equal or more

than the required return. Determination of required rate of return is the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


responsibility of the financial manager and is a part of the financing

decision.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8) Managing Assets: The function of asset management focuses on the

decision-making role of the financial manager. Finance personnel meet

with other officers of the firm and participate in making decisions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


affecting the current and future utilization of the firm's resources. As an

example, managers may discuss the total amount of assets needed by the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



38
firm to carry out its operations. They will determine the composition or a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

mix of assets that will help the firm best achieve its goals. They will

identify ways to use existing assets more effectively and reduce waste

and unwarranted expenses.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The decision-making role crosses liquidity and profitability lines.

Converting the idle equipment into cash improves liquidity. Reducing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

costs improves profitability.

9) Managing Funds: In the management of funds, the financial manager

acts as a specialised staff officer to the Chief Executive of the company.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The manager is responsible for having sufficient funds for the firm to

conduct its business and to pay its bills. Money must be located to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

finance receivables and inventories, 10 make arrangements for the

purchase of assets, and to identify the sources of long-term financing.

Cash must be available to pay dividends declared by the board of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


directors. The management of funds has therefore, both liquidity and

profitability aspects.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Financial Management as Science or Art

Financial management is both a science and an art. Its nature is nearer to applied

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


sciences as it envisages use of classified and tested knowledge as a help in

practical affairs and solving business.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Theory of financial management is based on certain systematic

principles, some of which can be tested in mathematical equations like the law

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


of physics and chemistry. Financial management contains a much larger body of

rules or tendencies that hold true in genera! and on the average. The use of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

computers, operations research, statistical techniques and econometric models

find wide application in financial management as tools for solving corporate


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39

financial problems like budgeting, choice of investments, acquisition or mergers

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

etc. This takes the financial management nearer to treatment as a subject of

science.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Most practical problems of finance have no hard and fast answers that

can be worked out mathematically or programmed on a computer. They must be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

solved by judgment, intuition and the "feel" of experience. Thus, despite its

frequent acceptance as an applied science, finance remains largely an art.

Because, according to George A. Christy and Feyton Foster Roden (Finance:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Environment and Decisions) knowledge of facts, principles and concepts is

necessary for making decisions but personal involvement of the manager

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

through his intuitive capacities and power of judgment becomes essential. As the

application of human judgement and skills is also required for effective financial

management, financial management is also an art.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




In the entire study of financial management whether it is related to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

investment decisions, financing decisions i.e. deciding about the sources of

financing, or dividend decisions, there is a mixture of science as well as art.

When techniques for analytical purposes are used, it is science and when

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


choice is application of the results it is an art.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Summary

Financial management is the application of planning and control to the finance

function. It helps in profit planning, measuring costs, controlling inventories,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


accounts receivables. It also helps in monitoring the effective deployment of

funds in fixed assets and in working capital. It aims at ensuring that adequate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cash is on hand to meet the required current and capital expenditure. It facilitates

ensuring that significant capital is procured at the minimum cost to maintain

adequate cash on hand to meet any exigencies that may arise in the course of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




40
business. Financial management is applicable to every type of organization,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


irrespective of the size, kind or nature. Every organization aims to utilize its

resources in a best possible and profitable way. Financial management

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

essentially involves risk-return trade-off. Decisions on investment involve

choosing of types of assets which generate returns accompanied by risks.

Generally higher the risk returns might be higher and vice versa. So, the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


financial manager has to decide the level of risk the firm can assume and satisfy

with the accompanying return. Financial management affects the survival,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

growth and vitality of the institution. Financial management is related to other

disciplines like accounting, economics, taxation, operations research,

mathematics, statistics etc., It draws heavily from these disciplines. Financial

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


management is both a science and an art. Its nature is nearer to applied sciences

as it envisages use of classified and tested knowledge as a help in practical

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

affairs and solving business. In the entire study of financial management

whether it is related to investment decisions, financing decisions i.e. deciding

about the sources of financing, or dividend decisions, there is a mixture of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


science as well as art. When techniques for analytical purposes are used, it is

science and when choice is application of the results it is an art.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

41

Keywords

Financial Management : Financial management is the application of planning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


and control to the finance function. It helps in profit planning, measuring costs,

controlling inventories, accounts receivables.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Planning : Determining future course of action.

Art of Management : Application of science in the attainment of practical

results.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Science of Management : A body of knowledge consisting of concepts,

principles and techniques organized around managerial functions.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Review Questions

1) What is financial management?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2) Define financial management. Explain its significance.

3) Explain the various areas of financial management.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4) Analyse the nature of financial management.

5) Describe the evolution of financial management.

6) Financial management ? is it a science or an art.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


7) What are key areas of financial management.

8) Explain the role of financial manager in the current scenario.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



*****


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

42
LESSON ? 4

FINANCIAL GOALS

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



LESSON OUTLINE

Objectives / goals ? Meaning

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Significance goals of

Financial Management

Goals of Financial

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Management

Profit Maximisation
Arguments in favour of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Profit Maximisation

Criticisms leveled against

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Profit Maximisation

Wealth maximisation
Profit maximization Vs

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Wealth Maximisation

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

After reading this lesson, you

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

should be able to
Understand the meaning of

objectives / goals

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Know

the

significance

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of

financial goals

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Spell out the different goals of

financial management

To understand the significance

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of profit maximization

Put-forth arguments in favour

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of profit maximization

Point out criticisms
Understand the significance of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

wealth maximization

Distinguish between PM &

WM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43

Objectives / Goals ? Meaning

Objectives or goals are the end results towards which activities are aimed.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Formulation and definition of objectives of an organization is the basic

requirement of effective management. According to George R. Terry, "a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

managerial objective is the intended goal which prescribes definite safe and

suggests direction to efforts of a manager". Further objectives can either he short

term or long-term. As business activities involve allocation of source resources

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


among alternative uses, expected return must be balanced against its opportunity

cost. It is a fait accompli to observe firms wishing to pursue several goals, of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

which profit maximization is of primary objective. Every firm or an organization

wish to maximize profits, while at the same time minimizes expenses.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Significance

Finance guides and regulates investment decisions and expenditure of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

administers economic activities. The scope of finance is vast and determined by

the financial requirements of the business organization. The objective provides a

frame work for optimum financial decision ? making. In other words, to ensure

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


optimum decisions the goals of financial management must be made more clear.

The financial management functions covers decision making in three inter-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

related areas, namely investment, financing and dividend policy. The financial

manager has to take these decisions with reference to the objectives of the firm.

Financial management provides a framework for selecting a proper course of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


action and deciding a viable commercial strategy. The main objective of a

business is to maximize the owners economic welfare. The goals of financial

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

management of a corporate enterprise succinctly brought out by Alfred

Rappaport which is reproduced below: "In a market based economy which

recognize the rights of private property, the only social responsibility of business

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44
is to create value and do so legally and with integrity. It is a profound error to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


view increases in a company's value as a concern just for its shareholders.

Enlightened managers and public officials recognizer that increase in stock

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

priced reflect improvement in competitiveness ? an issue which affects everyone

who has a stake in the company or economy".


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Goals of Financial Management

Goals act as motivators, serve as the standards for measuring performance, help

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

in coordination of multiplicity of tasks, facilitate in identifying inter

departmental relationships and so on. The goals can be classified as official

goals, operative goals and operational goals.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The official goals are the general objective of any organization. They include

mechanism of ROI and market value of the firms.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The operative goals indicate the actual efforts taken by an organization to

implement various plans, policies and norms.

The operational goals are more directed, quantitative and verifiable. In fine, it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


can be inferred that the official, operative and operational goals are set with a

pyramidal shape, the official goals at the helm of affairs (concerned with top

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

level executives) operative goals at the middle level and operational goals at the

lower level.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Following are the other objectives of financial management.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

a) To build up reserves for growth and expansion

b) To ensure a fair return to shareholders

c) To ensure maximum operational efficiency by efficient and effective

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


utilization of finances.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The financial decisions can rationally be made only when the business

enterprise has certain well thought out objectives. It is argued that the


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


45

achievement of central goal of maximisation of the owner's economic welfare

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

depends upon the adoption of two criteria, viz., i) profit maximisation; and (ii)

wealth maximisation.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Profit Maximisation : The term `profit maximization' implies generation of

largest amount of profits over the time period being analysed, secondary to Prof.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Peter Drucker, business profits play a functional role in three different ways. In

the words of Peter Drucker.

i)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


profits indicate the effectiveness of business profits

ii)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

they provide the premium to cover costs of staying in business

iii)

they ensure supply of future capital.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Profits are source of funds from which organizations are able to defray

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

certain expenses like replacement, obsolescence, marketing etc.



Maximization of profits for a long term is desirable and appreciable. The

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


tendency to maximize profits in the short run may invite innumerable problems

to the organization concerned. In fact, maximization of profits in the short run

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

may give an impression of being exploitative. The extent of uncertainty in

business increases the appreciation of proprietor / partner / company and hence

many prefer short-run profit maximisation to long ?run profit maximisaiton.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The underlying basic of profit maximization is efficiency. It is assumed

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

that profit maximization causes the efficient allocation of resources under the

competitive impact conditions and profit is regarded as the most appropriate

measure of a firm's performance.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Arguments in favour of profit maximization

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Arguments in favour of profit maximization as the objective of business are

enumerated below:


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


46
1. Profits are the major source of finance for the growth and development

of its business.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Profitability serves as a barometer for measuring efficiency and

economic prosperity of a business entity.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Profits are required to promote socio-economic welfare.



Criticisms levelled against profit maximization

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


However, profit maximization objective has been criticized on innumerable

grounds. Under the changed economic and corporate environment, profit-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

maximisation is regarded as unrealistic, difficult, unappropriate and socially not

much liked goal for business organizations. Profit maximization as an objective

of financial management has been considered inadequate and rejected because

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of the following drawbacks.

1) There are several goals towards which a business firm / organization

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

should direct themselves profit ? maximization is one of the goals of the

organization and not the only goal.

2) Maintenance of firm's share in the market, development and growth of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the firm, expansion and diversification are other goals of business

concern.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3) Rendering social responsibility

4) Enhancing the shareholders' wealth maximization.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


As Solomon opines, profit maximisation has been rejected as an

operational criterion for maximising the owner's economic welfare as it cannot

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

help us in ranking alternative courses of action in terms of their economic

efficiency. This is because--(i) it is vague; (ii) it ignores the timing of returns;

(iii) it ignores risk.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




47

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Profit maximisation is considered as an important goal in financial

decision-making in an organisation. It ensures that firm utilizes its available

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


resources most efficiently under conditions of competitive markets. Profit

maximisation as corporate goal is criticised by scholars mainly on following

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

grounds:

(i)

It is vague conceptually.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(ii)

It ignores timing of returns.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(iii)

It ignores the risk factor.

(iv)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


it may tempt to make such decisions which may in the long run prove

disastrous.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(v)

Its emphasis is generally on short run projects.

(vi)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


It may cause decreasing share prices.

(vii)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The profit is only one of the many objectives and variables that a

firm considers.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Wealth Maximisation

Wealth Maximisation refers to all the efforts put in for maximizing the net

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

present value (i.e. wealth) of any particular course of action which is just the

difference between the gross present value of its benefits and the amount of

investment required to achieve such benefits.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Wealth maximisation principle is also consistent with the objective

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

or'maximising the economic welfare of the proprietors of the firm. This, in turn,

calls for an all out bid to maximise the market value of shares of that firm which

are held by its owners. As Van Horne aptly remarks, the market price of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


shares of a company (firm) serves as a performance index or report card of its

progress. It indicates how well management is doing on behalf of its share-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

holders.



48

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



The wealth maximization objective serves the interests of suppliers of

loaned capital, employees, management and society. This objective not only

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


serves shareholders interests by increasing the value of holding but also ensures

security to lenders also. According to wealth maximization objective, the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

primary objective of any business is to maximize share holders wealth. It

implies that maximizing the net present value of a course of action to

shareholders.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




According to Solomon, net, present ? value or wealth of a course of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

action is the difference between the present value of its benefits and the present

value of its costs. The objective of wealth maximization is an appropriate and

operationally feasible criteria to chose among the alternative financial actions. It

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


provides an unambiguous measure of what financial management should seek to

maximize in making investment and financing decisions on behalf of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

shareholders. However, while pursuing the objective of wealth maximization, all

efforts must be employed for maximizing the current present value of any

particular course of action. It implies that every financial decision should be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


based on cost ? benefit analysis. The shareholders, who obtained great benefits,

would not like a change in the management. The share's market price serves as a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

performance index. It also reflects the efficiency and efficacy of the

management.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The Necessity of a Valuation Model. Porterneld has shown how the

attainment of the objective of maximising the market value of the firm's shares

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(i.e. wealth maximisation) requires an appropriate Valuation model to assess the

value of the shares of the firm in Question. The Financial Manager should

realise or atleast assume the extent of influence various factors are capable of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


wielding upon the market price of his company's shares. If not he may, not be

able to maximise the value of such shares.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



49


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Financial management is concerned with mobilization of financial

resources and their effective utilization towards achieving the organization its

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

goals. Its main objective is to use funds in such a way that the earnings are

maximized. Financial management provides a framework for selecting a proper

course of action and deciding a viable commercial strategy. A business firm has

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


a number of objectives. Peter Driven has outlined the possible objectives of a

firm as follows.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Market standing

Innovation

Productivity

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Economical use of physical and financial resources

Increasing the profitability

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Improved performance

Development of worker's performance and co-operatives

Public responsibility

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




The wealth maximizing criterion is based on the concept of cash flows

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

generated by the decision rather than according profit which is the basis of the

measurement of benefits in the case of profit maximization criterion. Measuring

benefits in terms of cash flows avoids the ambiguity associated with accounting

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


profits.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Presently, maximisation of present value (or wealth) of a course of action

is considered appropriate operationally flexible goal for financial decision-

making in an organisation. The net present value or wealth can be defined more

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


explicitly in the following way:



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

A1

A2

A3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


An



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

At

W = ---------- + ---------- + ------------ + ...+----------- - Co = ----------------- - Co
(1 + K1) (1 + K1) (1 + K1) (1 + K1) (1 + K)t

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



50
Where A1 and A2 represent the stream of benefits expected to occur if a course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of action is adopted. Co is the cost of that action and K is the appropriate

discount rate, and W is the Net present worth or wealth which is the difference

between the present worth or wealth of the stream of benefits and the initial cost.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The management of an organisation maximises the present value not

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

only for shareholders but for al! including employees, customers, suppliers and

community at large. This goal for the maximum present value is generally

justified on the following grounds:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

It is consistent with the object of maximising owners economic

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

welfare.

(ii)

It focuses on the long run picture.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(iii)

It considers risk.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(iv)

It recognises the value of regular dividend payments.

(v)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


It takes into account time value of money.

(vi)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

It maintains market price of its shares

(vii)

It seeks growth is sales and earnings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Maximizing the shareholders' economic welfare is equivalent to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

maximizing the utility of their consumption every time. With their wealth

maximized, shareholders can afford their cash flows in such a way as to

optimize their consumption. From the shareholders point of view, the wealth

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


created by a company through the actions is reflected in the market value of the

company's shares.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



51

Profit Maximisation versus Shareholder Wealth Maximization

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Profit maximization is basically a single-period or, at the most, a short-term

goal. It is usually interpreted to mean the maximization of profits within a given

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

period of time. A firm may maximize its short-term profits at the expense of its

long-term profitability and still realize this goal. In contrast, shareholder wealth

maximization is a long-term goal shareholders are interested in future as well as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


present profits. Wealth maximization is generally preferred because it considers

(1) wealth for the long term, (2) risk or uncertainty. (3) the timing of returns,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and (4) the "shareholders' return. The following table provides a summary of the

advantages and disadvantages of these two often conflicting goals.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

52




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Table 1.1 ? Profit Maximisation versus shareholder wealth maximization

Goal

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Objective

Advantages

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Disadvantages

Profit

Large

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


amount 1. Easy to calculate 1. Emphasizes the

Maximisation

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of profits

profits

short-term

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2.

Easy

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

to 2. Ignores risk or

determine the link uncertainty

between

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


financial 3. Ignores the

decisions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

and timing of returns

profits

4. Requires

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


immediate

resources

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Shareholder

Highest market 1. Emphasizes the 1. Offers no clear

wealth

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


value

of long term

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

relationship

maximization

common stock

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Recognises risk between financial

or uncertainty

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

decisions and stock

3. Recognises the price.

timing of returns

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Can lead to

4. Considers' return management

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

anxiety and

frustration


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





53

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Summary

Objectives or goals are the end results towards which activities are aimed.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Formulation and definition of objectives of an organization is the basic

requirement of effective management. Finance guides and regulates investment

decisions and expenditure of administers economic activities. The scope of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


finance is vast and determined by the financial requirements of the business

organization. The objective provides a frame work for optimum financial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decision ? making. In other words, to ensure optimum decisions the goals of

financial management must be made more clear. The financial management

functions covers decision making in three inter-related areas, namely

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


investment, financing and dividend policy. The financial manager has to take

these decisions with reference to the objectives of the firm. The financial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

decisions can rationally be made only when the business enterprise has certain

well thought out objectives. It is argued that the achievement of central goal of

maximisation of the owner's economic welfare depends upon the adoption of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


two criteria, viz., i) profit maximisation; and (ii) wealth maximisation. The term

`profit maximization' implies generation of largest amount of profits over the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

time period. Wealth Maximisation refers to all the efforts put in for maximizing

the net present value (i.e. wealth) of any particular course of action which is just

the difference between the gross present value of its benefits and the amount of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


investment required to achieve such benefits. The other objectives of financial

management include a) To build up reserves for growth and expansion, b) To

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

ensure a fair return to shareholders and c) To ensure maximum operational

efficiency by efficient and effective utilization of finances.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54
Key words

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Optimal Decisions : The decision which relate to physical inputs, outputs and

other variables (i.e. non-financial variables).

Profit Maximisation : The term `profit maximization' implies generation of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


largest amount of profits over the time period.

Wealth Maximisation : It refers to all the efforts put in for maximizing the net

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

present value (i.e. wealth) of any particular course of action which is just the

difference between the gross present value of its benefits and the amount of

investment required to achieve such benefits.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Review Questions

1) Explain the objectives or goals of financial management.

2) Explain the concept of wealth in the context of wealth maximization

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


objective.

3) "The wealth maximization objective provides an operationally

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

appropriate decision criterion" ? Analyse the statement.

4) In what respect is the objective of wealth maximization superior to the

profit maximization objective?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5) Give the arguments for profit maximization as an objective of a firm.

6) What are the arguments levelled against profit maximization objective?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7) What are the other objectives of financial management?



*****

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

55

LESSON ? 5

FINANCIAL DECISIONS

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LESSON OUTLINE

Introduction
Financial decision ? types
Investment decisions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Financing decision
Dividend decision
Liquidity
Relationship of financial

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Decisions

Factors influencing

Financial decisions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



LEARNING OBJECTIVES

After reading this lesson, you

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

should be able to
To understand the various types

of financial decisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To describe the relationship of

financial decisions

To identify the various factors

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


influencing financial decisions.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



56


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction

Finance comprises of blend of knowledge of credit, securities, financial related

legislations, financial instruments, financial markets and financial system. As

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


finance is a scarce resource, it must be systematically raised form the cheapest

source of funds and must be judiciously utilized for the development and growth

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of the organization. Charles Gertenberg visualizes the significance of scientific

arrangement of records with the help of which the inflow and outflow of funds

can be efficiently managed, stocks and bonds can be efficiently marketed and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the efficacy of the organization can be greatly improved.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The financial manager in his new role, is concerned with the efficient

allocation of funds. The firm's investment and financing decisions are

continuous. The financial manager according to Ezra Solomon must find a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


rationale for answering the following three questions.

1) How large should an enterprise be and how fast should it grow?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2) In what form should it hold its assets?

3) How should the funds required be raised?

It is therefore clear from the above discussion that firms take different

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


financial decisions continuously in the normal course of business. Liquidity,

solvency, profitability and flexibility optimization goals and risk, would lead to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

reaping of wealth maximization goal.



Financial Decisions ? Types

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Financial decisions refer to decisions concerning financial matters of a business

firm. There are many kinds of financial management decisions that the firm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

makers in pursuit of maximising shareholder's wealth, viz., kind of assets to be



57

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


acquired, pattern of capitalisation, distribution of firm's income etc. We can

classify these decisions into three major groups :

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Investment decisions

2. Financing decision.

3. Dividend decisions.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Liquidity decisions.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Investment Decisions / Capital Budgeting Decisions

Investment Decision relates to the determination of total amount of assets to be

held in the firm, the composition of these assets and the business risk

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


complexities of the firm as perceived by the investors. It is the most important

financial decision. Since funds involve cost and are available in a limited

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

quantity, its proper utilization is very necessary to achieve the goal of wealth

maximasation.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The investment decisions can be classified under two broad groups; (i)

long-term investment decision and (ii) Short-term, in vestment decision. The

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

long-term investment decision is referred to as the capital budgeting and the

short-term investment decision as working capital management.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Capital budgeting is the process of making investment decisions in

capital expenditure. These are expenditures, the benefits of which are expected

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

to be received over a long period of time exceeding one year. The finance

manager has to assess the profitability of various projects before committing the

funds. The investment proposals should be evaluated in terms of expected

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


profitability, costs involved and the risks associated with the projects. The

investment decision is important not only for the setting up of new units but also

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

for the expansion of present units, replacement of permanent assets, research



58

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and development project costs, and reallocation of funds, in case, investments

made earlier, do not fetch result as anticipated earlier.

2. Financing Decisions / Capital Structure Decisions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Once the firm has taken the investment decision and committed itself to new

investment, it must decide the best means of financing these commitments.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Since, firms regularly make new investments, the needs for financing and

financial decisions are on going, Hence, a firm will be continuously planning for

new financial needs. The financing decision is not only concerned with how best

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


to finance new asset, but also concerned with the best overall mix of financing

for the firm.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



A finance manager has to select such sources of funds which will make

optimum capital structure. The important thing to be decided here is the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


proportion of various sources in the overall capital mix of the firm. The debt-

equity ratio should be fixed in such a way that it helps in maximising the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

profitability of the concern. The raising of more debts will involve fixed interest

liability and dependence upon outsiders. It may help in increasing the return on

equity but will also enhance the risk. The raising of funds through equity will

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


bring permanent funds to the business but the shareholders will expect higher

rates of earnings. The financial manager has to strike a balance between anxious

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

sources so that the overall profitability of the concern improves. If the capital

structure is able to minimise the risk and raise the profitability then the market

prices of the shares will go up maximising the wealth of shareholders.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




3. Dividend Decision

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The third major financial decision relates to the disbursement of profits back to

investors who supplied capital to the firm. The term dividend refers to that part

of profits of a company which is distributed by it among its shareholders. It is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




59

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the reward of shareholders for investments made by them in the share capital of

the company. The dividend decision is concerned with the quantum of profits to

be distributed among shareholders. A decision has to be taken whether ail the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


profits are to be distributed, to retain all the profits in business or to keep a part

of profits in the business and distribute others among shareholders. The higher

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

rate of dividend may raise the market price of shares and thus, maximise the

wealth of shareholders. The firm should also consider the question of dividend

stability, stock dividend (bonus shares) and cash dividend.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




4. Liquidity Decisions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Liquidity and profitability are closely related. Obviously, liquidity and

profitability goals conflict in most of the decisions. The finance manager always

perceives / faces the task of balancing liquidity and profitability. The term

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


liquidity implies the ability of the firm to meet bills and the firm's cash reserves

to meet emergencies. Whereas the profitability means the ability of the firm to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

obtain highest returns within the funds available. As said earlier, striking a

proper balance between liquidity and profitability is an ardous task. If a finance

manager wants to meet all the bills, then profitability will decline similarly

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


where he wants to invest funds in short term securities he may not be having

adequate funds to pay-off its creditors. Lack of liquidity in extreme situations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

can lead to the firm's insolvency.



Risk ? Return Trade Off

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Further where the company is desirous of mobilizing funds from outside

sources, it is required to pay interest at fixed period. Hence liquidity is reduced.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

A successful finance manager has to ensure acceleration of cash receipts (cash

inflows in to business) and deceleration of cash (cash outflows) from the firm.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


60
Thus forecasting cash flows and managing cash flows are one of the important

functions a finance manager that will lead to liquidity. The finance manager is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


required to enhance his professionalism and intelligence to ensure that return is

optimized.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Return = Risk-free rate + Risk premium


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Risk free rate is a compensation for time and risk premium for risk. Higher the

risk of an action, higher will be the risk premium leading to higher required

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

return on that action. This levelling of return and risk is known as risk return

trade off. At this level, the market value of the company's shares should be the

maximum. The diagram given below spells out the interrelationship between

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


market value, financial decisions and risk-return trade off.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




61

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Interrelationship between market value, financial decisions and

risk-return trade off


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Finance



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Manager




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Maximization of



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Share Value




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Financial

Decision

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Funds

Financing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Investment

Dividend

requirement

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Decision

decision

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

decision



decision

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Return

Risk


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Trade off




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Value of Firm ? Risk Return

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The finance manager tries to achieve the proper balance between, the basic

considerations of 'risk and return' associated with various financial management

decisions to maximise the market, value, of the firm.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




It is well known that "higher the return other things being equal, higher

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the market value; higher the risk, other things being equal, lower the market



62

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

value'. In fact, risk and return go together. It is quite evident from the aforesaid

discussion that financial decisions have a great impact on all other business

activities. The modern finance manager has to facilitate making these decisions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


in the most rational way. The decisions have to be made in such a way that the

funds of the firms / organizations are used optimally. The financial reporting

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

system must be designed to provide timely and accurate picture of the firm's

activities.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Relationship of Financial Decisions

The financial manager is concerned with the optimum utilization of funds and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their procurement in a manner that the risk, cost and control considerations are

properly balanced in a given situation. Irrespective of nature of decisions, i.e.

investment decisions, financing or capital structure decisions / dividend

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


decisions all these decisions are interdependent. All these decisions are inter-

related. All are intended to maximize the wealth of the shareholders. An

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

efficient financial manager has to ensure optimal decision by evaluating each of

the decision involved in relation to its effect on shareholders wealth.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Factors Influencing Financial Decisions

There are innumerable factors that influence the financial decision. They are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

classified as external factors and internal factors.

External factors

Capital structure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Capital market and money market

State of economy

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Requirements of investors

Government policy


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


63

Taxation policy

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Financial institutions / banks lending policy



Internal factors

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Nature of business

Age of the firm

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Size of the business

Extent and trend of earnings

Liquidity position

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Working capital requirements

Composition of assets

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Nature of risk and expected return.



Summary

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Finance comprises of blend of knowledge of credit, securities, financial related

legislations, financial instruments, financial markets and financial system. As

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

finance is a scarce resource, it must be systematically raised form the cheapest

source of funds and must be judiciously utilized for the development and growth

of the organization. Financial decisions refer to decisions concerning financial

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


matters of a business firm. There are many kinds of financial management

decisions that the firm makers in pursuit of maximising shareholder's wealth,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

viz., kind of assets to be acquired, pattern of capitalisation, distribution of firm's

income etc. We can classify these decisions into three major groups : 1)

Investment decisions, 2) Financing decision, 3) Dividend decisions, and 4)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Liquidity decisions.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Investment Decision relates to the determination of total amount

of assets to be held in the firm, the composition of these assets and the business

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




64
risk complexities of the firm as perceived by the investors. The financing

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


decision is not only concerned with how best to finance new asset, but also

concerned with the best overall mix of financing for the firm. A finance manager

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

has to select such sources of funds which will make optimum capital structure.

The dividend decision is concerned with the quantum of profits to be distributed

among shareholders. A decision has to be taken whether ail the profits are to be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


distributed, to retain all the profits in business or to keep a part of profits in the

business and distribute others among shareholders. The higher rate of dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

may raise the market price of shares and thus, maximise the wealth of

shareholders. The term liquidity implies the ability of the firm to meet bills and

the firm's cash reserves to meet emergencies. Whereas the profitability means

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the ability of the firm to obtain highest returns within the funds available. As

said earlier, striking a proper balance between liquidity and profitability is an

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ardous task. The finance manager tries to achieve the proper balance between,

the basic considerations of 'risk and return' associated with various financial

management decisions to maximise the market, value, of the firm. The financial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


manager is concerned with the optimum utilization of funds and their

procurement in a manner that the risk, cost and control considerations are

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

properly balanced in a given situation.




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

65

Keywords

Financial decisions: It refer to decisions concerning financial matters of a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


business firm.

Risk Free Rate : It is a compensation for time and risk premium for risk.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Risk ? Return Trade Off: Levelling of risk and return is known as risk ? return

trade off.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Review Questions

1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

What is meant by financial decision?

2)

Explain investment decision.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


3)

Explain liquidity Vs. Profitability?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

4)

Discuss the significance of various financial decisions.

5)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


What is meant by liquidity decision?

6)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Explain risk-return trade off.

*****


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




66
UNIT ? 2

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSON ? I

CAPITAL BUDGETING ? A CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





LESSON OUTLINE

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Meaning of Capital Budgeting
Capital expenditure
Definition
Need for capital investment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital budgeting-significance
Capital Budgeting process
Factors influencing

Investment decisions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Kinds of Capital Budgeting

Decisions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LEARNING OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


After reading this lesson you
should be able to

Understand the meaning of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Capital budgeting

Know about capital expenditure
Understand the need for capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


investment

Point out the significance of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

capital budgeting

Describe the capital budgeting

process

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Spell out the factors influencing

investment decisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Describe the kinds of capital

budgeting decisions


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


67

Capital budgeting decisions are of paramount importance in financial decisions,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

because efficient allocation of capital resources is one of the most crucial

decisions of financial management. Capital budgeting is budgeting for capital

projects. It is significant because it deals with right kind of evaluation of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


projects. The exercise involves ascertaining / estimating cash inflows and

outflows, matching the cash inflows with the outflows appropriately and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

evaluation of desirability of the project. It is a managerial technique of meeting

capital expenditure with the overall objectives of the firm. Capital budgeting

means planning for capital assets. It is a complex process as it involves decisions

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


relating to the investment of current funds for the benefit to be achieved in

future. The overall objective of capital budgeting is to maximize the profitability

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of the firm / the return on investment.



Capital Expenditure

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


A capital expenditure is an expenditure incurred for acquiring or improving the

fixed assets, the benefits of which are expected to be received over a number of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

years in future. The following are some of the examples of capital expenditure.

1) Cost of acquisition of permanent assets such as land & buildings, plant &

machinery, goodwill etc.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2) Cost of addition, expansion, improvement or alteration in the fixed assets.

3) Cost of replacement of permanent assets.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4) Research and development project cost etc.

Capital expenditure involves non-flexible long term commitment of funds.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Capital Budgeting ? Definition

"Capital budgeting" has been formally defined as follows.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



68
1) "Capital budgeting is long-term planning for making and financing

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

proposed capital outlay".

- Charles T. Horngreen

2) "The capital budgeting generally refers to acquiring inputs with long-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


term returns".

- Richards & Greenlaw

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3) "Capital budgeting involves the planning of expenditure for assets, the

returns from which will be realized in future time periods".

- Milton H. Spencer

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The long-term activities are those activities that influence firms

operation beyond the one year period. The basic features of capital budgeting

decisions are:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


There is an investment in long term activities

Current funds are exchanged for future benefits

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The future benefits will be available to the firm over series of years.



Need For Capital Investment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The factors that give rise to the need for capital investments are:

Expansion

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Diversification

Obsolescence

Wear and tear of old equipment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Productivity improvement

Learning ? curve effect

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Product improvement



69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Replacement and modernization



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The firm's value will increase in investments that are profitable. They

add to the shareholders' wealth. The investment will add to the shareholders'

wealth if it yields benefits, in excess of the minimum benefits as per the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


opportunity cost of capital.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



It is clear from the above discussion what capital investment proposals

involve

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


a) Longer gestation period

b) Substantial capital outlay

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

c) Technological considerations

d) Irreversible decisions

e) Environmental issues

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Capital Budgeting ? Significance

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Capital budgeting involves capital rationing. This is the available funds that

have to be allocated to competing projects in order of project potential.

Normally the individuality of project poses the problem of capital rationing due

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


to the fact that required funds and available funds may not be the same.

2. Capital budget becomes a control device when it is employed to control

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

expenditure. Because manned outlays are limits to actual expenditure, the

concern has to investigate the variation in order to keep expenditure under

control.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. A firm contemplating a major capital expenditure programme may need to

arrange funds many years in advance to be sure of having the funds when

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

required.



70

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Capital budgeting provides useful tool with the help of which the

management can reach prudent investment decision.

5. Capital budgeting is significant because it deals with right mind of evaluation

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of projects. A good project must not be rejected and a bad project must not be

selected. Capital projects need to be thoroughly evaluated as to costs and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

benefits.

6. Capital projects involve investment in physical assets such as land, building

plant, machinery etc. for manufacturing a product as against financial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


investments which involve investment in financial assets like shares, bonds or

mutual funds. The benefits from the projects last for few to many years.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

7. Capital projects involve huge outlay and last for years.

8. Capital budgeting thus involves the making of decisions to earmark funds for

investment in long term assets yielding considerable benefits in future, based on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


a careful evaluation of the prospective profitability / utility of such proposed

new investment.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital Budgeting Process

The important steps involved in the capital budgeting process are (1) Project

generation, (2) Project evaluation, (3) project selection and (4) project

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


execution.

1. Project Generation. Investment proposals of various types may

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

originate at different levels within a firm. Investment proposals may be

either proposals to add new product to the product line or proposals to

expand capacity in existing product lines. Secondly, proposals designed

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


to reduce costs in the output of existing products without changing the

scale of operations. The investment proposals of any type can originate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

at any level. In a dynamic and progressive firm there is a continuous

flow of profitable investment proposals.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


71

2. Project evaluation. Project evaluation involves two steps: i) estimation

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of benefits and costs and ii) selection of an appropriate criterion to judge

the desirability of the projects. The evaluation of projects should be done

by an impartial group. The criterion selected must be consistent with the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


firm's objective of maximizing its market value.

3. Project Selection. There is no uniform selection procedure for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

investment proposals. Since capital budgeting decisions are of crucial

importance, the final approval of the projects should rest on top

management.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Project Execution. After the final selection of investment proposals,

funds are earmarked for capital expenditures. Funds for the purpose of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

project execution should be spent in accordance with appropriations

made in the capital budget.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Factors Influencing Investment Decisions

The main factors which, influence capital investment are :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Technological change. In modem times, one often finds fast obsolescence of

technology. New technology, which is relatively more efficient, takes the place

of old technology; the latter getting downgraded to some less important

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


applications. However, in taking a decision of this type, the management has to

consider the cost of new equipment vis-a-vis the productive efficiencies of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

new as well as the old equipments. However, while evaluating the cost of new

equipment, the management should not take into, account its full accounting

cost (as the equipment lasts for years) but its incremental cost. Also, the cost of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


new equipment is often partly offset by the salvage value of the replaced

equipment.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



72
2. Competitors 'strategy. Many a time an investment is taken to maintain the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

competitive strength of the firm; If the competitors are installing new equipment

to expand output or to improve quality of their products, the firm under

consideration will have no alternative but to follow suit, else it will perish. It is,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


therefore, often found that the competitors' strategy regarding capital investment

plays a very significant role in forcing capital decisions on a firm.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Demand forecast. The long-run forecast of demand is one of the determinants

of investment decision. If it is found that there is a market potential for the

product in the long run, the dynamic firm will have to take decisions for capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


expansion.

4. Type of management. Whether capital investment would be encouraged or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

not depends, to a large extent, on the viewpoint of the management. If the

management is modern and progressive in its outlook, the innovations will be

encouraged, whereas a conservative management discourages innovation and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


fresh investments.

5. Fiscal policy. Various tax policies of the government (like tax concessions on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

investment income, rebate on new investment, method of allowing depreciation

deduction allowance) also have favourable or unfavourable influence on capital

investment.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


6. Cashflows. Every firm makes a cash flow budget. Its analysis influences

capital investment decisions. With its help the firm plans the funds for acquiring

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the capital asset. The budget also shows the timing of availability of cash flows

for alternative investment proposals, thereby helping the management in

selecting the desired project.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


7. Return expected from the investment. In most of the cases, investment

decisions are made in anticipation of increased return in future. While evaluating

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



73

investment proposals, it is therefore essential for the firm to estimate future

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


returns or benefits accruing from the investment.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Kinds of Capital Budgeting Decisions

The overall objective of capital budgeting is to maximise the profitability of a

firm or the return on investment. This objective can be achieved either by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


increasing the revenues or by reducing costs. Thus, capital budgeting decisions

can be broadly classified into two categories:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(a) those which increase revenue, and

(b) those which reduce costs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The first category of capital budgeting decisions are expected to increase

revenue of the firm through expansion of the production capacity or size of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

operations by adding a new product line. The second category increases the

earnings of the firm by reducing costs and includes decisions relating to

replacement of obsolete, outmoded or worn out assets. In such cases, a firm has

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to decide whether to continue with the same asset or replace it. Such a decision

is taken by the firm by evaluating the benefit from replacement of the asset in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the form of reduction in operating costs and the cost/cash outlay needed for

replacement of the asset. Both categories of above decisions involve investment

in fixed assets but the basic diffemce between the two decisions lies in the fact

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


that increasing revenue investment decisions are subject to more uncertainty as

compared to cost reducing investment decisions.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Further, in view of the investment proposals under consideration, capital

budgeting decisions may also be classified as.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

Accept / Reject Decisions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(ii)

Mutually Exclusive Project Decisions

(iii)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Capital Rationing Decisions.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

74


(i) Accept / Reject Decisions; Accept / reject decisions relate to independent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

project which do not compete with one another. Such decisions are generally

taken on the basis of minimum return on investment. All those proposals which

yield a rate of return higher than the minimum required rate of return or the cost

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of capital are accepted and the rest are rejected. If the proposal is accepted the

firm makes investment in it, and if it is rejected the firm does not invest in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

same.

(ii) Mutually Exclusive project Decisions; Such decisions relate to proposals

which compete with one another in such a way that acceptance of one

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


automatically excludes the acceptance of the other. Thus, one of the proposals is

selected at the cost of the other. For example, a company may have the option of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

buying a new machine, or a second hand machine, or taking an old machine on

hire or selecting a machine out of more than one brands available in the market.

In such a case, the company may select one best alternative out of the various

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


options by adopting some suitable technique or method of capital budgeting.

Once one alternative is selected the others are automatically rejected.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

iii) Capital Rationing Decisions: A firm may have several profitable

investment proposals but only limited funds to invest. In such a case,

these various investments compete for limited funds and, thus, the firm has to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


ration them. The firm effects the combination of proposals that will yield the

greatest profitability by ranking them in descending order of their profitability.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Summary

Capital budgeting is budgeting for capital projects. It is significant because it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


deals with right kind of evaluation of projects. The exercise involves

ascertaining / estimating cash inflows and outflows, matching the cash inflows

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



75

with the outflows appropriately and evaluation of desirability of the project. It is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


a managerial technique of meeting capital expenditure with the overall

objectives of the firm. Capital budgeting means planning for capital assets.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Capital budgeting involves capital rationing. This is the available funds

that have to be allocated to competing projects in order of project potential.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Normally the individuality of project poses the problem of capital rationing due

to the fact that required funds and available funds may not be the same. Capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

budget becomes a control device when it is employed to control expenditure.

Because manned outlays are limits to actual expenditure, the concern has to

investigate the variation in order to keep expenditure under control. Capital

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


budgeting provides useful tool with the help of which the management can reach

prudent investment decision. Capital projects involve huge outlay and last for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

years. The Important factors influencing investment decisions include

Technological change, competitors' strategy, demand forecast, type of

management, fiscal policy, cash flows and return expected from the investment.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




The overall objective of capital budgeting is to maximise the profitability

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of a firm or the return on investment. This objective can be achieved either by

increasing the revenues or by reducing costs. Thus, capital budgeting decisions

can be broadly classified into two categories: a) those which increase revenue,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and b) those which reduce costs.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Further, in view of the investment proposals under consideration, capital

budgeting decisions may also be classified as. i) Accept / Reject Decisions, ii)

Mutually Exclusive Project Decisions and iii) Capital Rationing Decisions.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


76
Keywords

Capital budgeting. It is decision-making process concerned with "whether or

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


not (i) the firm should invest funds in an attempt to make profit?" and (ii) how to

choose among competing projects.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Risk. Refers to a situation in which there are several possible outcomes, each

outcome occurring with a probability that is known to the decision-maker.

Capital Expenditure. A capital expenditure is an expenditure incurred for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


acquiring or improving the fixed assets, the benefits of which are expected to be

received over a number of years in future.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

REVIEW QUESTIONS

1)

What is capital budgeting?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2)

Explain the significance of budgeting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3)

What are capital revisions?

4)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Explain the nature and features of capital budgeting.

5)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

What are the various kinds of capital budgeting decisions?

6)

What is meant by capital budgeting process?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


7)

Analyse the importance steps involved in capital budgeting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8)

Describe the Factors Influencing Investment Decisions

9)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Explain need for investment decisions.

10) Explain the process involved in capital budgeting.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

*****



77

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSON ? 2

EVALUATION OF CAPITAL PROJECTS

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



LESSON OUTLINE

Investment evaluation criteria

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Features required by

Investment evaluation criteria

Techniques of investment

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Appraisal

Discounted cash flow (DCF)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Criteria

Non-discounted cash flow

Criteria

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Comparison between NPV

& IRR

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Similarities of results under

NPV and IRR

Problems & key

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



LEARNING OBJECTIVES

After reading this lesson you

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

should be able to

Understand

the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Investment

evaluation criteria

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

To spell out the features

required

by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Investment

evaluation criteria

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

To analyse Techniques of

investment Appraisal Methods

To make a comparison between

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


NPV and IRR

To identify the similarities of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

results under NPV and IRR




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


78
Capital budgeting is a managerial technique of planning capital expenditure in

consonance with the overall objectives of the firm. Capital budgeting is a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


double-edged tool that analyses investment opportunities and cost of capital

simultaneously while evaluating worth whileness of a project. A wide range of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

criteria has been suggested to judge the worth whileness of investment projects.

Capital projects need to be thoroughly evaluated as to costs and benefits. The

costs of capital projects include the initial investment at the inception of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


project. Initial investment made in land, building, plant and machinery,

equipment, furniture, fixtures etc. generally gives the installed capacity.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Investment Evaluation Criteria

The capital budgeting process begins with assembling of investment proposals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


of different departments of a firm. The departmental head will have innumerable

alternative projects available to meet his requirements. He has to select the best

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

alternative from among the conflicting proposals. This selection is made after

estimating return on the projects and comparing the same with the cost of

capital. Investment proposal which gives the highest net marginal return will be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


chosen.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Following are the steps involved in the evaluation of an investment:

1) Estimation of cash flows

2) Estimation of the required rate of return

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3) Application of a decision rule for making the choice



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Features required by Investment Evaluation Criteria

A sound appraisal technique should be used to measure the economic worth of

an investment project. Porterfield, J.T.S. in his book, Investment Decisions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




79

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital Costs, has outlined some of the features that must be had by a sound

investment evaluation criteria.

? It should consider all cash flows to determine the true profitability of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


project.

? It should provide for an objective and unambiguous way of separating good

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

projects from bad projects.

? It should help ranking of projects according to their true profitability.

? It should recognise the fact that bigger cash flows are preferable to smaller

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


ones and early cash flows are preferable to later ones.

? It should help to choose among mutually exclusive projects that project which

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

maximises the shareholders' wealth.

? It should be a criterion which is applicable to any conceivable investment

project independent of others.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Techniques of Investment Appraisal

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) Criteria

? Net present value (NPV)

? Internal rate of return (IRR)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


? Profitability index (PI)

Non-discounted Cash Flow Criteria

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

? Pay-back period

? Discounted payback period

? Accounting rate of return (ARR).

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Non-discounted Cash Flow Criteria

Payback period Method : This method is popularly known as pay off, pay-out,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

recoupment period method also. It gives the number of years in which the total

investment in a particular capital expenditure pays back itself. This method is


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


80
based on the principle that every capital expenditure pays itself back over a

number of years. It means that it generates income -within a certain period.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


When the total earnings (or net cash-inflow] from investment equals the total

outlay, that period is the payback period of the capital investment. An

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

investment project is adopted so long as it pays for itself within a specified

period of time -- say 5 years or less. This standard of recoupment period is

settled by the management taking into account a number of considerations.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


While there is a comparison between two or more projects, the lesser the

number of payback years, the project will be acceptable.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



The formula for the payback period calculation is simple. First of all,

net-cash-inflow is determined. Then we divide the initial cost (or any value we

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


wish to recover) by the annual cash-inflows and the resulting quotient is the

payback period. As per formula :

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Original Investment

Payback period = -----------------------------------

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Annual Cash-inflows



If the annual cash-inflows are uneven, then the calculation of payback

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


period takes a cumulative form. We accumulate the annual cash-inflows till the

recovery of investment and as soon as this amount is recovered, it is the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

expected number of payback period years. An asset or capital expenditure outlay

that pays back itself early comparatively is to be preferred.

Payback Method ? Merits: The payback period method for choosing among

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


alternative projects is very popular among corporate managers and according to

Quirin even among Soviet planners who call it as the recoupment period

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

method. In U.S.A and U.K. this method is widely accepted to discuss the

profitability of foreign investment. Following are some of the advantages of pay

back method:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




81

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(1) It is easy to understand, compute and communicate to others. Its quick

computation makes it a favourite among executive who prefer snap answers.

(2) It gives importance to the speedy recovery of investment in capital assets. So

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


it is useful technique in industries where technical developments are in full

swing necessitating the replacements at an early date.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(3) It is an adequate measure for firms with very profitable internal investment

opportunities, whose sources of funds are limited by internal low availability

and external high costs.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(4) It is useful for approximating the value of risky investments whose rate of

capital wastage (economic depreciation and obsolescence rate) is hard to predict.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Since the payback period method weights only return heavily and ignores distant

returns it contains a built-in hedge against the possibility of limited economic

life.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(5) When the payback period is set at a large "number of years and incomes

streams are uniform each year, the payback criterion is a good approximation to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the reciprocal of the internal rate of discount.



Payback Method ? Demerits : This method has its own limitations and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


disadvantages despite its simplicity and rapidity. Here are a number of demerits

and disadvantages claimed by its opponents:-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(1) It treats each asset individually in isolation with the other assets, while assets

in practice can not be treated in isolation.

(2) The method is delicate and rigid. A slight change in the division of labour

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


and cost of maintenance will affect the earnings and such may also affect the

payback period.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(3) It overplays the importance of liquidity as a goal of the capital expenditure

decisions. While no firm can ignore its liquidity requirements but there are more


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


82
direct and less costly means of safeguarding liquidity levels. The overlooking of

profitability and over stressing the liquidity of funds can in no way be justified.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(4) It ignores capital wastage and economic life by restricting consideration to

the projects' gross earnings.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(5) It ignores the earning beyond the payback period while in many cases these

earnings are substantial. This is true particularly in respect of research and

welfare projects.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(6) It overlooks the cost of capital which is the main basis of sound investment

decisions.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





In perspective, the universality of the payback criterion as a reliable

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


index of profitability is questionable. It violates the first principle of rational

investor behaviour-namely that large returns are preferred to smaller ones.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

However, it can be applied in assessing the profitability of short and medium

term capital expenditure projects.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Accounting Rate of Return Method - It is also an important method. This

method is known as Accounting Rate of Return Method / Financial Statement

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Method/ Unadjusted Rate of Return Method also. According to this method,

capital projects are ranked in order of earnings. Projects which yield the highest

earnings are selected and others are ruled out. The return on investment method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


can be expressed in several ways a follows:

(i) Average Rate of Return Method - Under this method we calculate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

average annual profit and then we divide it by the total outlay of capital project.

Thus, this method establishes the ratio between the average annual profits and

total outlay of the projects.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


As per formula,



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

83

Average Annual Profits

Rate of Return = ------------------------------------ x 100

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Outlay of the Project



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus, the average rate of return method considers whole earnings over

the entire economic life of an asset. Higher the percentage of return, the project

will be acceptable.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(ii) Earnings per unit of Money Invested - As per this method, we find out the

total net earnings and then divide it by the total investment. This gives us the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

average rate of return per unit of amount (i.e. per rupee) invested in the project.

As per formula:

Total Earnings

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Earnings per unit of investment = ------------------------------------------------

Total Outlay of the Project

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





The higher the earnings per unit, the project deserves to be selected.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




(iii) Return on Average Amount of Investment Method - Under this method

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the percentage return on average amount of investment is calculated. To

calculate the average investment the outlay of the projects is divided by two. As

per formula :

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Unrecovered Capital at the beginning +
Unrecouped capital at the end

Average Investment = ---------------------------------------------------------------

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




2

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Initial investment + scrap value

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



= ------------------------------------------------


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

84




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Investment



Or

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




= -------------------------

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Average Annual Net Income (Savings)

Rate of Return

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

= ----------------------------------------------------------- x 100




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Average Investment

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Here:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Average Annual Net Income =

Average Annual Cash- inflow - Depreciation


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus, we see that the rate of return approach can be applied in various

ways. But, however, in our opinion the third approach is more reasonable and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

consistent.



Accounting Rate of Return Method ? Merits

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


This approach has the following merits of its own :

(1) Like payback method it is also simple and easy to understand.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(2) It takes into consideration the total earnings from the project during its entire

economic life.

(3) This approach gives due weight to the profitability of the project.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(4) In investment with extremely long lives, the simple rate of return will be

fairly close to the true rate of return. It is often used by financial analysis to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

measure current performance of a firm.



Accounting Rate of Return Method ? Demerits

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(1) One apparent disadvantage of this approach is that its results by different

methods are inconsistent.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



85

(2) It is simply an averaging technique which does not take into account the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


various impacts of external factors on over-all profits of the firm.

(3) This method also ignores the time factor which is very crucial in business

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decision.

(4) This method does not determine the fair rate of return on investments. It is

left to the discretion of the management.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Discounted Cashflows Techniques

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Another method of computing expected rates of return is the present value

method. The method is popularly known as Discounted Cashflow Method also.

This method involves calculating the present value of the cash benefits

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


discounted at a rate equal to the firm's cost of capital. In other words, the

"present value of an investment is the maximum amount a firm could pay for the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

opportunity of making the investment without being financially worse off."



The financial executive compares the present values with the cost of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


proposal. If the present value is greater than the net investment, the proposal

should be accepted. Conversely, if the present value is smaller than the net

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

investment, the return is less than the cost of financing. Making the investment

in this case will cause a financial loss to the firm.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


There are four methods to judge the profitability of different proposals

on the basis of this technique

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(i) Net Present Value Method - This method is also known as Excess Present

Value or Net Gain Method. To implement this approach, we simply find the

present value of the expected net cash inflows of an investment discounted at the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


cost of capital and subtract from it the initial cost outlay of the project. If the net

present value is positive, the project should be accepted : if negative, it should

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

be rejected.



86

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

NPV = Total Present value of cash inflows ? Net investment

If the two projects are mutually exclusive the one with higher net present value

should be chosen. The following example will illustrate the process:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Assumed that the cost of capital after taxes of a firm is 6%. Assume

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

further, that the net cash-inflow (after taxes) on a Rs. 5,000 investment are

forecasted as being Rs. 2,800 per annum for 2 years. The present value of this

stream of net cash-inflow discounted at 6% comes to Rs. 5,272 (1,813

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


xRs.2800).

Therefore, the present value of the cash inflow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

Rs. 5,272

Less present value of net investment

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 5,000

Net Present value


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 272

(ii) Internal Rate of Return Method - This method is popularly known as time

adjusted rate of return method/discounted rate of return method also. The

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


internal rate of return is defined as the interest rate that equate the present value

of expected future receipts to the cost of the investment outlay. This internal rate

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

of return is found by trial and error. First we compute the present value of the

cash-flows from an investment, using an arbitrarily elected interest rate. Then

we compare the present value so obtained with the investment cost. If the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


present value is higher than the cost figure, we try a higher rate of interest and

go through the procedure again. Conversely, if the present value is lower

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

than the cost, lower the interest rate and repeat the process. The interest rate that

brings about this equality is defined as the internal rate of return. This rate of

return is compared to the cost of capital and the project having higher difference,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


if they are mutually exclusive, is adopted and other one is rejected. As the

determination of internal rate of return involves a number of attempts to make

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the present value of earnings equal to the investment, this approach is also called

the Trial and Error Method,


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


87

(iii) Profitability Index Method - One major disadvantage of the present value

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

method is that it is not easy to rank projects on the basis of net present value

particularly when the cost of projects differ significantly. To compare such

projects the present value profitability index is prepared. The index establishes

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


relationship between cash-inflows and the amount of investment as per formula

given below:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


NPV



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



GPV

V.Index = ---------------- x 100 or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


-------------------- x 100



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Investment

Investment


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




For example, the profitability index of the Rs. 5,000 investment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

discussed in Net Present Value Method above would be :

272

5272

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


------- x 100 = 5.44 or

-------- x 100 = 105.44

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3000




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5000



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The higher profitability index, the more desirable is the investment.

Thus, this index provides a ready compatibility of investment having various

magnitudes. By computing profitability indices for various projects, the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


financial manager can rank them in order of their respective rates of

profitability.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(iv) Terminal Value Method - This approach separates the timing of the

cash-inflows and outflows more distinctly. Behind this approach is the

assumption that each cash-inflow is re-invested in another assets at the certain

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


rate of return from the moment it is received until the termination of the

project. Then the present value of the total compounded sum is calculated and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

it is compared with the initialcash-outflow. The decision rule is that if the

present value of the sum total of the compounded re-invested cash-inflows is

greater than the present value of cash-outflows, the proposed project is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




88
accepted otherwise not. The firm would be different if both the values are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


equal.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This method has a number of advantages. It incorporates the advantage

of re-investment of cash-inflows by compounding and then discounting it.

Further, it is best suited to cash budgeting requirements. The major practical

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


problem of this method lies in projecting the future rates of interest at which

the intermediate cash inflows received will be re-invested.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Discounted Cashflow Techniques ? Merits

(1) This method takes into account the entire economic life of an investment

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and income therefrom. It gives the rate of return offered by a new project.

(2) It gives due weight to time factor of financing. In the words of Charles

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Horngreen "Because the discounted cash-flow method explicity and routinely

weights the time value of money, it is the best method to use for long-range

decisions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(3) It permits direct comparison of the projected returns on investments with the

cost of borrowing money which is not possible in other methods.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(4) It makes allowance for differences in the time at which investment generate

their income.

(5) This approach by recognising the time factor makes sufficient provision for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


uncertainty and risk. It offers a good measure of relative profitability of capital

expenditure by reducing the earnings to the present values.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Discounted Cashflow Techniques ? Demerits


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


This method is criticised on the following grounds :

(1) It involves a good amount of calculations. Hence it is difficult and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

complicated one. But this criticism has no force.



89

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(2) It is very difficult to forecast the economic life of any investment exactly.

(3) The selection of cash-inflow is based on sales forecasts which is in itself an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

indeterminable element.

(4) The selection of an appropriate rate of interest is also difficult.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




COMPARISON BETWEEN NPV AND IRR (NPV Vs. IRR)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



The Net Present value method and the Internal Rate of Return Method

are similar in the sense that both are modern techniques of capital budgeting and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


both take into account the time value of money. In fact, both these methods are

discounted cash flow techniques. However, there are certain basic differences

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

between these two methods of capital budgeting:

(i) In the net present value method the present value is determined by

discounting the future cash flows of a project at a predetermined or specified

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


rate called the cut off rate based on cost of capital. But under the internal rate of

return method, the cash flows are discounted at a suitable rate by hit and trial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

method which equates the present value so calculated to the amount of the

investment. Under IRR method, discount

rate is not predetermined.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(ii) The NPV method recognises the importance of market rate of interest or cost

of capital. It arrives at the amount to be invested in a given project so that its

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

anticipated earnings would recover the amount invested in the project at market

rate. Contrary to this, the IRR method docs not consider the market rate of

interest and seeks to determine the maximum rate of interest at which funds

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


invested in any project could be repaid with the earnings generated by the

project.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



90
(iii) The basic presumption of NPV method is that intermediate cash inflows are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

reinvested at the cut off rate, whereas, in the case of IRR method, intermediate

cash flows arc presumed to be reinvested at the internal rate of return.'

(iv) The results shown by NPV method are similar to that of IRR method under

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


certain situations, whereas, the two give contradictory results under some other

circumstances. However, it must be remembered that NPV method using a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

predetermined cut-off rate is more reliable than the IRR method for ranking two

or more capital investment proposals.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(a) Similarities of Results Under NPV and IRR

Both NPV and IRR methods would show similar results in terms of accept or

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

reject decisions in the following cases :

(i) Independent investment proposals which do not compete with one another

and which may be either accepted or-rejected on the basis of a minimum

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


required rate of return.

(ii) Conventional investment proposals which involve cash outflows or outlays

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

in the initial period followed by a series of cash inflows.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The reason for similarity of results in the above cases lies on the basis of

decision-making in the two methods. Under NPV method, a proposal is accepted

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

if its net present value is positive, whereas, under IRR method it is accepted if

the internal rate of return is higher than the cut off rate. The projects which have

positive net present value, obviously, also have an internal rate of return higher

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


than the required rate of return.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


91

(b) Conflict Between NPV and IRR Results

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





In case of mutually exclusive investment proposals, which

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


compete with one another in such a manner that acceptance of one automatically

excludes the acceptance of the other, the NPV method and IRR method may

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

give contradictory results. The net present value may suggest acceptance of one

proposal whereas, the internal rate of return may favour another proposal. Such

conflict in rankings may be caused by any one or more of the following

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


problems:

(i) Significant difference in the size. (amount) of cash outlays of various

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

proposals under consideration.

(ii) Problem of difference in the cash flow patterns or timings of the various

proposals and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(iii) difference in service life or unequal expected lives of the projects.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

PROBLEMS AND KEY

1) Equipment A has a cost of Rs 75,000 and net cash flow of Rs 20,000 per year

for six years. A substitute equipment B would cost Rs 50,000 and generate net

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


cash flow of Rs 14,000 per year for six years. The required rate of return of both

equipments is 11 per cent. Calculate the IRR and NPV for the equipments.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Which equipment should be accepted and why?

Solution :

Equipment A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




NPV =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20,000 x PVAF6,0.11 - 75,000

=

20,000 x 4.231 - 75,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




=

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

84,620 - 75,000 = Rs 9,620

IRR

=

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


20,000 x PVAF6,r = 75,000

PVAF6,r =

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

75,000 / 20,000 = 3.75



92

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

From the present value of an annuity table, we find:

PVAF6,0.15 =

3.784

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PVAF6,0.16 =

3.685

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Therefore,




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



3.784 ? 3.75


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




IRR = r = 0.15 + 0.01 -------------------

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3.784 ? 3.685

= 0.15 + 0.0034 = 0.1534 or 15.34%

Equipment B:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




NPV =

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14,000 x PVAF6,0.11 - 50,000

=

14,000 x 4.231 - 50,000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




=

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

59,234 - 50,000 = Rs 9,234

IRR

=

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14,000 x PVAF6,r = 50,000

PVAF6,r =

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

50,000 / 14,000 = 3.571

From the present value of an annuity table, we find:

PVAF6,0.17 =

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3.589

PVAF6,0.18 =

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3.498

Therefore,


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





3.589 ? 3.571

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

IRR = r = 0.17 + 0.01 -------------------




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



3.589 ? 3.498

= 0.17 + 0.002 = 0.172 or 17.20%

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Equipment A has a higher NPV but lower IRR as compared with equipment B.

Therefore equipment A should be preferred since the wealth of the shareholders

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

will be maximised.




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


93

5) For each of the following projects compute (i) pay-back period, (ii) post pay-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

back profitability and (iii) post-back profitability index

a)

Initial outlay

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.50,000



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Annual cash inflow (after tax but before depreciation)

Rs.10,000


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Estimated life



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


8 Years

b)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Initial outlay




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Rs.50,000


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Annual cash inflow (after tax but before depreciation)



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



First three years


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Rs.15,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Next five years

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 5,000

Estimated life


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





8 Years

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Salvage



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 8,000

Solution

a)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


i) Pay-back period = Investment / Annual Cash Flow



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


= 50,000 / 10,000 = 5 Years



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ii) Post pay back profitability




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

= Annual cash inflow (estimated life?pay back

period)


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



= 10,000 (8 ? 5) = Rs. 30,000


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


iii) Post back profitability index = 30,000 / 50,000 x 100 = 60%

b)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) As the case inflows are the equal during the life of the investment pay

back period can be calculated as:

1st year's cash inflow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

=

Rs.15,000

2nd year's cash inflow

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

=

Rs.15,000

3rd year's cash inflow

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

=

Rs.15,000

4th year's cash inflow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

=

Rs. 5,000


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.50,000

Hence, the pay-back period is 4 years.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


94


ii) Post pay back profitability

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



= Annual cash inflow x remaining life after pay ?back

period)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



= 5,000 x 4 = Rs. 20,000


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


iii) Post back profitability index = 20,000 / 50,000 x 100 = 40%



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

6) X Ltd. is considering the purchase of a machine. Two machines are available

E and F. the cost of each machine is Rs. 60,000. Each machine has expected life

of 5 years. Net profits before tax and after depreciation during expected life of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the machines are given below:

Year

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Machine E (Rs)

Machine F (Rs.)

1

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


15,000

5,000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2

20,000

15,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3

25,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

20,000

4

15,000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30,000

5

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

10,000

20,000

Total

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


85,000

90,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Solution

Statement of Profitability

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Year

Machine E

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Machine F

Profit

Tax at

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Profit

Profit

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Tax at

Profit

after tax

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50%

after tax

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

before tax

50%

after tax

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(Rs.)

(Rs.)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(Rs.)

(Rs.)

(Rs.)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(Rs.)

1

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

15,000

7,500

7,500

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5,000

2,500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2,500

2

20,000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


10,000

10,000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,000

5,000

5,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




95

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3

25,000

12,500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12,500

20,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

10,000

10,000

4

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


15,000

7,500

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

7,500

30,000

15,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


15,000

5

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

10,000

5,000

5,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


20,000

10,000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

10,000

Total

85,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


42,500

42,500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

90,000

45,000

45,000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Machine E


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Machine F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Average profit after tax 42,500 x 1/5 = Rs. 8500 45,000 x 1/5 = Rs. 9000

Average investment 60,000 x ? = Rs. 30000 60,000 x ? = Rs. 30000

Average return on average 8500/30000 x 100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9000/30000 x 100



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




= 28.33%

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





= 30%

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus, machine F is more profitable.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

7) From the following information calculate the net present value of the two

projects and suggest which of the two projects should be accepted assuming a

discount rate of 10%.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Project X

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Project Y

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Initial investment



Rs.20,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Rs.30,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Estimated life

5 Years


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Years

Scrap value

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Rs. 1,000


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs. 2,000

The profits before depreciation and after taxes (cash flows) are as follows:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Year 1

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Year 2 Year 3 Year 4

Year 5

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Rs.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Rs.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Rs.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.

Project X

5000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


10000

10000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3000

2000

Project Y

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


20000

10000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5000

3000

2000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Solution :



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





96

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Calculations for net present value

Project X

Year

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Cash flows

Present value of Re 1 @

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Present value of

Rs.

10% (discount factore)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


net cash flows

using present value tables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.

1

5000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


.909

4545

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2

10000

.826

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8260

3

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

10000

.751

7510

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4

3000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

.683

2049

5 (Scrap

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2000

.621

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1242

value)

1000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


.621

621

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


24227



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.

Present value of all cash inflows

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




24227

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Less present value of initial investment




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




20000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(because all the investment is to be made in the first

year only, the present value is the same as the cost of

the initial investment)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Net present values



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




=

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

4227

PROJECT Y

Year

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Cash flows

Present value of Re 1 @

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Present value of

Rs.

10% (discount factore)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


net cash flows

using present value tables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.

1

20000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


.909

18180

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2

10000

.826

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


8260

3

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

5000

.751

3755

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




97

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

4

3000

.683

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2049

5 (Scrap

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2000

.621

1242

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


value)

2000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.621

1242


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

34728




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.

Present value of all cash inflows


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



34728

Less present value of initial investment

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



30000

(because all the investment is to be made in the first

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


year only, the present value is the same as the cost of

the initial investment)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Net present values




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



=

4728

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


We find that net present value of Project Y is higher than that the net present

value of Project X and hence it is suggested that project Y should be selected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9) Two mutually exclusive investment proposals are being considered. The

following information is available.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Project X

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Project Y




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Rs.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.

Cost


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.6000




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs. 6000

Cash inflow
Year

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Rs.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Probability

Rs.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Probability

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

1




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4000

.2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8000

.2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



8000

.6

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




9000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

.6

3


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




12000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

.2



9000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


.2

Assuming cost of capital at 10%, advise the selection of the project.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Solution :




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




98
CALCULATION OF NET PRESENT VALUES OF THE TWO PROJECTS

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Year P.V.Factor Project X

Project Y

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

@ 10%

Cash

Proba-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Monetary Present Cash

Proba-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Monetary Present

inflows bility

value

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


value

inflows bility

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

value

value

Rs.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.

Rs.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.

1

.909

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4000

.2

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

800

727

7000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


.2

1400

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1273

2

.826

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


8000

.6

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

4800

3965

8000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


.6

4800

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3965

3

.751

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


12000

.2

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2400

1802

9000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


.2

1800

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1352

Total present value

6494

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




6590

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Less: cost of investment

6000

6000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Net present value

494

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



590

As net present value of project is more than that of project X after taking into

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


consideration the probabilities of cash inflows. Project Y is more profitable.

Summary

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital budgeting is a double-edged tool that analyses investment opportunities

and cost of capital simultaneously while evaluating worth whileness of a project.

A wide range of criteria has been suggested to judge the worth whileness of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


investment projects. Capital projects need to be thoroughly evaluated as to costs

and benefits. The capital budgeting process begins with assembling of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

investment proposals of different departments of a firm. The departmental head

will have innumerable alternative projects available to meet his requirements.

He has to select the best alternative from among the conflicting proposals. This

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


selection is made after estimating return on the projects and comparing the same

with the cost of capital. Investment proposal which gives the highest net

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

marginal return will be chosen. Following are the steps involved in the

evaluation of an investment:1) Estimation of cash flows, 2) Estimation of the

required rate of return and 3) Application of a decision rule for making the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


choice. A sound appraisal technique should be used to measure the economic



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

99

worth of an investment project. The various techniques of investment appraisal

methods include : Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) Criteria i) Net present value

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(NPV), ii) Internal rate of return (IRR) and iii) Profitability index (PI). Non-

discounted Cash Flow Criteria i) Pay-back period, ii) Discounted payback

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

period and iii) Accounting rate of return (ARR).

Key words

Payback period. A method of evaluating investment proposal which determines

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the time a project's cash inflows will take to repay the original investments of

the project.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Average rate of return. Also known as the accounting rate of return (ARK),

return on investment (ROT) or return on assets (ROA), is obtained by dividing

average annual post-tax profit by the average investment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Discount rate. The rate at which cash flows are discounted. This rate may be

taken as the requiredrate of return on capital, or the cost of capital.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Internal rate of return. The IRR is a method of evaluating investment

proposals. It is that rate of discount (or interest rate) that equals the present value

of outflows to the present value of inflows, thus making NPV=Q.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Mutually exclusive projects. A situation in which the acceptance of one

investment proposal leaves out the acceptance of another proposal.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Net Present Value. A method of evaluation consisting of comparing the present

value of all net cash flows (discounted by cost of capital as the interest rate) to

the initial investment cost.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




100
REVIEW QUESTIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1)

What is meant by pay back method? State its advantages.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2)

How do you calculate the accounting rate of return? What are its

limitations?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3)

Under what circumstances do the net present value and internal rate of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

return methods differ? Which method would you prefer and why?

4)

What are the mutually exclusive projects? Explain the conditions when

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


conflicting ranking would be given by the internal rate of return and net

present value methods to such projects.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5)

What is profitability index? Which is a superior ranking criterion,

profitability index or the net present value?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


6)

Under what conditions would the internal rate of return be a reciprocal of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the payback period?

7) Explain the investment criteria.

8) Discuss the various methods of appraisal of investment proposals.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


9) Differential between NPV and IRR method

10) Write short note on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Time adjusted rate of return

b) Profitability index

11) Do the NPV and Profitability index always lead to the same investment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


decision? Discuss.

12) Discuss the techniques of various investment appraisal methods in capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

budgeting.

13) Mention the features required by investment evaluation criteria.

*****

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



101


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSON ? 3

RISK ANALYSIS IN CAPITAL BUDGETING

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



LESSON OUTLINE

Capital rationing ? meaning

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Measuring of risk and

uncertainty

Types of uncertainties

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Precautions for uncertainties
Risk and investment proposals
Risk and uncertainty

Incorporated methods of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital project evaluation




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LEARNING OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

After reading this lesson you
should be able to

Understand the meaning of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Capital rationing

Know the meaning of risk and

uncertainty

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


To describe the types of

uncertainties

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

To review the precautions for

uncertainties

To identify the risk and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


investment proposals

Describe

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the

risk

and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


uncertainty

incorporated

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

methods of capital project
evaluation.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




102

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Capital Rationing ? Meaning

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Capital rationing refers to a situation where a firm is not in a position to invest in

all profitable projects due to the constraints on availability of funds. We know

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

that the resources are always limited and the demand for them far exceeds their

availability, It is for this reason that the firm cannot take up ail the projects

though profitable, and has to select the combination of proposals that will yield

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the greatest profitability.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital rationing is a situation where a firm has more investment

proposals than it can finance. It may be defined as "a situation where a

constraint is placed on the total size of capital investment during a particular

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


period". In such an event the firm has to select combination of investment

proposals that provide the highest net present value subject to the budget

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

constraint for the period. Selecting of projects for this purpose will require the

taking of the following steps;


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

Ranking of projects according to profitability index or internal'-rate

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of return.

(ii)

Selecting projects in descending order of profitability until the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


budget figures are exhausted keeping in view the objective of

maximising the value of the firm.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Meaning Of Risk And Uncertainty

Risk and uncertainty are quite inherent in capital budgeting decisions. Future is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


uncertain and involve risk. Risk involves situations in which the probabilities of

an event occurring are known and these probabilities are objectively

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

determinable. Uncertainty is a subjective phenomenon. In such situation, no



103

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


observation can be drawn from frequency distribution. The risk associated with

a project may be defined as the variability that is likely to occur in the future

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

returns from the project. A wide range of factors give rise to risk and uncertainty

in capital investment, viz. competition, technological development, changes in

consumer preferences, economic factors, both general and those peculiar to the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


investment, political factors etc. Inflation and deflation are bound to affect the

investment decision in future period rendering the deeper of uncertainty more

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

severe and enhancing the scope of risk. Technological developments are other

factors that enhance the degree of risk and uncertainty by rendering the plants or

equipments obsolete and the product out of date. It is worth noting that

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


distinction between risk and uncertainty is of academic interest only. Practically

no generally accepted methods could so far be evolved to deal with situation of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

uncertainty while there are innumerable techniques to deal with risk. In view of

this, the terms risk and uncertainty are used exchangeably in the discussion of

capital budgeting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The capital budgeting decision is based upon the benefits derived from

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the project. These benefits are measured in terms of cash flows. These cash

flows are estimates. The estimation of future returns is done on the basis of

various assumptions. The actual return in terms of cash inflows depends on a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


variety of factors such as price, sales volume, effectiveness of the advertising

campaign, competition, cost of raw materials, etc. The accuracy of the estimates

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of future returns and therefore the reliability of the investment decision would

largely depend upon the precision with which these factors are forecast. In

reality, the actual returns will vary from the estimate. This is referred to risk.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The term `risk' with reference to investment decisions may be defined as the

variability in the actual returns emanating from a project in future over its

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



104
working life in relation to the estimated return as forecast at the time of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

initial capital budgeting decision.



According to Luce R.D and H. Raiffa in their book, `Games and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Decision' (1957), the decision situations with reference to risk analysis in capital

budgeting decisions can be broken into three types.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

i)

Uncertainty

ii)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Risk and

iii)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Certainty



The risk situation is one in which the probabilities of a particular event

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


occurring are known. The difference between risk and uncertainty lies in the fact

that the variability is less in risk than in the uncertainty.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



In the words of Osteryang, J.S. `Capital budgeting' risk refers to the set

of unique outcomes for a given event which can be assigned probabilities while

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


uncertainty refers to the outcomes of a given event which are too sure to be

assigned probabilities.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Types of Uncertainties

Several types of uncertainties are important to the producer, as he formulates,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


plans and designs courses of actions for procuring resources at the present time

for a product forthcoming at a future date. The types of uncertainties can be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

classified as (i) Price uncertainty (ii) Production uncertainty (iii) Production

technology uncertainty (iv) Political uncertainty (v) Personal uncertainty; and

(vi) Peoples' uncertainty.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Precautions for Uncertainties

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Precautionary measures to meet uncertainty can take one or all the three

following distinct forms: (i) Measures can be adopted to reduce the variability or


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


105

dispersion of income; (ii) Measures can be adopted to prevent profit from falling

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

below some minimum level; (iii) Measures can be adopted to increase the firm's

ability to withstand unfavourable economic outcomes.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Risk And Investment Proposals

There are two measures of incorporating risk in the decision ? making. They

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

are: 1) The expected value and 2) The standard deviation.



1)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The Expected Value : In a situation of certainty, any investment gives

only one possible cash flow out in a risky situation several cash flows are

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

possible, each with a given probability. By as certaining the average of all such

possible outcomes (X)1 weighed by their respective probabilities (P) we can get

a single value for the cash flows. The value is known as expected value E (X),

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


whose generalized expression is



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



n

E (X) = Xi pi

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




i=1

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



2)

The Standard Deviation : The statistical concept of standard deviation is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


used as a yard stick that reflects the variations of possible outcomes from its

mean value. The standard deviation is calculated as:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



n


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


-2



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




=

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(Xi ? X) Pi



106

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

i=1

where, = standard deviation


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




X, X and P represent the same.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Note: The combination of expected value and standard deviation helps in

choosing between projects. However, if the two projects have identical expected

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


values, the project with the minimum dispersion in returns i.e., lower standard

deviation is preferred as it is less risky project.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Risk and Uncertainty incorporated methods of Capital Project evaluation

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Risk with reference to capital (budgeting) investment decisions may be defined

as the variability which is likely to occur in future between estimated return and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

actual return. Uncertainty is total lack of ability to pinpoint expected return.



Situations of pure risk, refer to contingencies which have to be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


protected against the normal insurance practice of pooling. For this to be so,

risk situations are characterized by a considerable degree of past experience.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Uncertainty on the other hand relates to situations in some sense unique and of

which there is very little certain knowledge of some or all significant aspects.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




The techniques used to handle risk may be classified into the groups as

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

follows:

(a) Conservative methods ? These methods include shorter payback period,

risk-adjusted discount rate, and conservative forecasts or certainty equivalents

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


etc., and

(b) Modern methods ? They include sensitivity analysis, probability analysis,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

decision-tree analysis etc.



107

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




i. Conservative Methods

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The conservative methods of risk handling are dealt with now.



1. Shorter Payback Period. According to this method, projects with shorter

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


payback period are normally preferred to those with longer payback period. It

would be more effective when it is combined with "cut off period". Cut off

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

period denotes the risk tolerance level of the firms. For example, a firm has three

projects. A , B and C for consideration with different economic lives say 15,16

and 8 years respectively and with payback periods of say 6, 7 and 5 years. Of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


these three, project C will be preferred, for its payback period is the shortest.

Suppose, the cut off period is 4 years, .then all the three projects will be rejected.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



2. Risk Adjusted Discount Rate (RADR). Risk Adjusted Discount Rate is

based on the same logic as the net present value method. Under this method,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


discount rate is adjusted in accordance with the degree of risk. That is, a risk

discount factor (known as risk-premium rate) is determined and added to the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

discount factor (risk free rate) otherwise used for calculating net present value.

For example, the rate of interest (r) employed in the discounting is 10 per cent

and the risk discount factor or degrees of risk (d) are 2, 4 and 5 per cent for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


mildly risky, moderately risky and high risk (or speculative) projects

respectively then the total rate of discount (D) would respectively be 12 per cent,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

14 per cent and 15 .per cent.



That is RADR = 1/ (8+r+d). The idea is the greater the risk the higher

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the discount rate. That is, for the first year the total discount factor, D= 1 /

(1+r+d) for the second year RADR = 1 / (1+r+d)2 and so on.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



108
Normally, risk discount factor would vary from project to project depending

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

upon the quantum of risk. It is estimated on the basis of judgment and intention

on the part of management, which in turn are subject to risk attitude of

management.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

It may be noted that the higher the risk, the higher the risk adjusted

discount rate, and the lower the discounted present value. The Risk Adjusted

Discount Rate is composite of discount rate which combines .both time and risk

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


factors.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Risk Adjusted Discount Rate can be used with both N.P.V: and LRX In

the case of N.P.V. future cash flows should be discounted using Risk Adjusted

Discount Rate and then N.P.V. may be ascertained. If the N.P.V. were positive,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the project would qualify for acceptance. A negative N.P.V. would signify that

the project should be rejected. IfLR.R. method were used, the I.R.R. would be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

computed and compared "with the modified discount rate. If it exceeds modified

discount rate, the proposal would be accepted, otherwise rejected.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Risk Adjusted Discount Rate Method ? Merits :

i) This technique is simple and easy to handle in practice.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

ii) The discount rates can be adjusted for the varying degrees of risk in

different years, simply by increasing or decreasing the risk factor (d) in

calculating the risk adjusted discount rate.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


iv)

This method of discounting is such that the higher the risk factor in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the remote future is, automatically accounted for. The risk adjusted

discount rate is a composite rate which combines both the time and

discount factors.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

109



Risk Adjusted Discount Rate Method ? Demerits :

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


i) The value of discount factor must necessarily remain subjective as it is

primarily based on investor's attitude towards risk. .

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ii) A uniform risk discount factor used for discounting al future returns is

unscientific as-it implies the risk level of investment remains same over the

years where as in practice is not so.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Certainty-Equivalent Coefficient Approach. This risk element in any

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

decision is often characterized by the two Outcomes: the 'potential gain' at the

one end and the 'potential loss' at the other. These are respectively called the

focal gain and focal loss. In this connection. Shackle proposes the concept of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


"potential surprise" which is a unit of measurement indicating the decision-

maker's surprise at the occurrence of an event other than what he was expecting.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

He also introduces "another concept - the "certainty equivalent" of risky

investment. For an investment X with a given degree of risk, investor can

always find another risk less investment Xi such that he is indifferent between

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


X arid Xi. The difference between X and Xi is implicitly the risk ^discount.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The risk level of the project under this method is taken into account by

adjusting the expected cash inflows and the discount rate. Thus the expected

cash inflows are reduced to a conservative level by a risk-adjustment factor

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(also called correction factor). This factor is expressed in terms of Certainty -

Equivalent Co-efficient which is the ratio of risk less cash flows to risky cash

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

lows. Thus Certainty -- Equivalent Co-efficient;




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Risk less cash flow

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





= ----------------------------------

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Risky cash flows


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


110



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


This co-efficient is calculated for cash flows of each year. The value of

the co-efficient may vary-between 0 and 1, there is inverse relationship between

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the degree of risk, and the value of co-efficient computed.



These adjusted cash inflows are used for calculating N.P.V. and the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


I.R.R. The discount rate to be used for calculating present values will be risk-

free (i.e., the rate reflecting the time value of money). Using this criterion of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

N.P.V. the project would be accepted, if the N.P.V were positive, otherwise it

would be rejected. The I.R.R. will be compared with risk free discount rate and

if it higher the project will be accepted, otherwise rejected.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The Finite-horizon Method. This method is similar to payback method applied

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

under the condition of certainty. In this method, a terminal data is fixed. In the

decision making, only the expected returns or gain prior to the terminal data are

considered. The gains or benefit expected beyond the terminal data are ignored

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


me gains are simply treated as non-existent. The logic behind this approach is

that the developments during the period under Consideration might render the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

gains beyond terminal date of no consequence. For example, a hydel project

might go out of use, when, say, after 50-years,of its installation, the atomic or

solar energy becomes available in abundance and at lower cost.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




MODERN METHODS

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Sensitivity Analysis

This provides information about case flows under three assumptions: i)

pessimistic, ii) most likely and iii) optimistic outcomes associated with the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


project. It is superior to one figure forecast as it gives a more precise idea about

the variability of the return. This explains how sensitive the cash flows or under

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



111

the above mentioned different situations. The larger is the difference between

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the pessimistic and optimistic cash flows, the more risky is the project.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Decision Tree Analysis

Decision tree analysis is another technique which is helpful in tackling risky

capital investment proposals. Decision tree is a graphic display of relationship

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


between a present decision and possible future events, future decisions and their

consequence. The sequence of event is mapped out over time in a format

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

resembling branches of a tree. In other words, it is pictorial representation in tree

from which indicates the magnitude probability and inter-relationship of all

possible outcomes.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Elements Of Decision Theory

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Managerial Economics focuses attention on the development of tools for finding

out an optimal or best solution for the specified objectives in business. Any

decision has the following elements:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1. The Decision Maker.

2. Objectives or goals sought to be achieved by the decision maker; for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

example, maximisation of profit or sales revenue may be the objective of the

business.

3. A set of choice alternatives. For example, in Capital budgeting, the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


available projects.

4. A set of outcomes or pay-offs with each alternatives; that is net benefits

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

from the projects. Outcomes may be certain or uncertain. In case of former,

the selection of any alternative leads uniquely to a specific pay-off. In case of

latter, any one of a number of outcomes may be associated with any specific

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


decision.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

112
5. A number of states of the environment whose occurrence determines the

possible outcomes. For example, inflation and depression would be two

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

alternative states, hi the absence of risk and uncertainty, the outcome of a

project is known. Therefore only one state of the environment is possible.

The study of Managerial Economics begins with developing awareness of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


environment within which managerial decisions are made.

6. Criteria derived from the general objectives which enable the decision

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

taker to rank the various alternatives in terms of how far their pay-offs lead to

the achievement of the decision maker's goals. This is known as the decision

process.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


7. Constraints on the alternatives when the decision maker may select. For

example, the government policy on monopoly control; top management

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

directions regarding business undertakings, diversification of business or

diversifying an existing product line or to refrain from certain types of

business, etc.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Risk Analysis in the case of Single Project

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Project risk refers to fluctuation in its payback period, ARR, IRR, NPV or so.

Higher the fluctuation, higher is the risk and vice versa. Let us take NPV based

risk.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

If NPV from year to year fluctuate, there is risk. This can be measured

through standard deviation of the NPV figures. Suppose the expected NPV of a

project is Rs. 18 lakhs, and std.'-deviation of Rs. 6 lakhs. The coefficient of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


variation C V is given by std. deviation divided by NPV.

C, V = Rs. 6,00,000 / Rs. 18,00,000 = 0.33

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





113

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Risk Return Analysis for Multi Projects

When multiple projects are considered together, what is the overall risk of all

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

projects put together? Is it the aggregate average of std. deviation of NPV of all

projects? No, it is not. Then What? Now another variable has to be brought to

the scene. That is the correlation coefficient between NPVs of pairs of projects.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


When two projects are considered together, the variation in the combined NPV

is influenced by the extent of correlation between NPVs of the projects in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

question. A high correlation results in high risk and vice versa. So, the risk of all

projects put together in the form 'of combined std. deviation is given by the

formula:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


p = [ Pij i j ]1/2

where,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

p ? combined portfolio std. deviation

Pij ? correlation between NPVs of pairs of projects.

ij ? std. deviation of ith and jth projects, i.e., any pair time.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Summary

Capital rationing refers to a situation where a firm is not in a position to invest in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

all profitable projects due to the constraints on availability of funds. We know

that the resources are always limited and the demand for them far exceeds their

availability, It is for this reason that the firm cannot take up ail the projects

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


though profitable, and has to select the combination of proposals that will yield

the greatest profitability.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Risk and uncertainty are quite inherent in capital budgeting decisions.

Future is uncertain and involve risk. Risk involves situations in which the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


probabilities of an event occurring are known and these probabilities are

objectively determinable. Uncertainty is a subjective phenomenon. In such

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



114
situation, no observation can be drawn from frequency distribution. The risk

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

associated with a project may be defined as the variability that is likely to occur

in the future returns from the project. A wide range of factors give rise to risk

and uncertainty in capital investment, viz. competition, technological

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


development, changes in consumer preferences, economic factors, both general

and those peculiar to the investment, political factors etc. The types of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

uncertainties can be classified as (i) Price uncertainty (ii) Production uncertainty

(iii) Production technology uncertainty (iv) Political uncertainty (v) Personal

uncertainty; and (vi) Peoples' uncertainty.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The techniques used to handle risk may be classified into the groups as

follows: (a) Conservative methods ? These methods include shorter payback

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

period, risk-adjusted discount rate, and conservative forecasts or certainty

equivalents etc., and (b) Modern methods ? They include sensitivity analysis,

probability analysis, decision-tree analysis etc. in the case of capital rationing,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


profitability index is the best method of evaluation.

Key words

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Capital rationing. When availability of capital to a firm is limited,-the firm is

constrained in its choice of projects. Capital rationing is restricting capital

expenditure to certain amount, even when projects with positive NPV need be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


rejected (which would be accepted in unlimited funds case).

Expected value (or expected monetary value). A weighted average of all

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

possible outcomes, their respective probabilities taken as weights.

Pay-off. The monetary gain or loss from each of the outcomes.

Probability. A ratio representing the chance that a particular event will occur.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Probability distribution. A distribution indicating the chances of all possible

occurrences.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



115

Risk. Refers to a situation in which there are several possible outcomes, each

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


outcome occurring with a probability that is known to the decision-maker.

Risk-adjusted discount rate (RADR). Sum of risk-free interest rate and a risk

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

premium. The former is often taken as the interest rate on government securities.

The risk premium is what the decision-maker subjectively considers as the

additional return necessary to compensate for additional risk.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Standard deviation. The degree of dispersion of possible outcomes around the

expected value. It is the square root of the weighted average of the squared

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

deviations of all possible outcomes from the expected value.

Certainty equivalent. A ratio of certain cashflow and the expected value of a

risky cashflow between which the decision-maker is indifferent.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Coefficient of variation. A measure of risk is used for comparing standard

deviations of projects with unequal expected values.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Uncertainty. Refers to situations in which there are several possible outcomes

of an action whose probabilities are either not known or are not meaningful.

Decision Tree. A graphic device that shows a sequence of strategic decisions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


and expected consequences under each possible situation.

Maximax. Maximum profit is found for each act and the strategy in which the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

maximum profit is largest is chosen.

Maximin. When maximum of the minimums are selected. This criterion is used

by decision-makers with pessimistic and conservative outlook.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Minimax. When minimum of the maximums are selected. This criterion is used

for minimising cost (unlike maximin, where pay-off and profit are maximised).

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Minimax Regret. Finding maximax regret value for each act, and then choosing

the act having minimum of these maximum regret values.

Opportunity Loss (or Regret). The difference between actual profit from a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


decision and the profit from the best decision for the event.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

116
Simulation Analysis. A method that assigns a probability distribution to each of

the key variables and uses random numbers to simulate a set of possible

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

outcomes to arrive at an expected value and dispersion.

Sensitivity Analysis. Defined as the examination of a decision to find the

degree of inaccuracv in the underlying assumptions that can be tolerated without

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


causing the decision to be inappropriate.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

REVIEW QUESTIONS

1) Write a note on capital rationing.

2) What is risk? Differentiate it from uncertainty.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


3) What is risk analysis in capital budgeting?

4) Explain the method through which risks can be minimized?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

5) Enumerate the types of uncertainties.

6) What are the elements of decision theory?

7) "Risk analysis of capital investments is one of the most complex,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


controversial and slippery areas in finance" Discuss.

8) What is meant by decision tree analysis?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

9) Analyse risk in the case of single project and multi project?

10) What are the measures of incorporating risk in the decision ? making?

*****

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




117

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LESSON ? IV



COST OF CAPITAL

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




LESSON OUTLINE

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

introduction
definition of cost of capital
Significance
Determination of cost of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Capital ? problems involved

Measurement of cost of

Capital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cost of preference share


Capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Cost of equity capital
Cost of retained earnings
Weighted average cost of


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LEARNING OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


After reading this lesson you
should be able to

Understand the meaning of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Cost of capital

Know the significance of cost

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of capital

Identify

the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


problems

in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

determination of cost of capital

Understand

the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


various

methods of measuring the cost
of capital.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

118
INTRODUCTION

Cost of capital plays an important role in the capital budgeting decisions. It

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

determines the acceptability of all investment opportunities regardless of the

techniques employed to judge the financial viability of a project. Cost of capital

serves as capitalization rate used to determine capitalisaiton of a new concern.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


With the help of this very rate realworth of various investments of the firm can

be evaluated. Cost of capital provides useful guidelines in determining optimal

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

capital structure of a firm. It refers to the minimum rate of return of a firm which

must earn on its investment so that the market value of the company's equity

share may not fall. In the words of Hampton, John J, cost of capital is the rate of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


return the firm requires firm investment in order to increase the value of the firm

in the market place. The concept of cost is perceived in different dimensions,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

that are briefed below:



a) A firm's cost of capital is really the rate of return that it requires on the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


projects available.

b) A firm's cost of capital represents the minimum rate of return that will

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

result in atleast maintaining the value of its equity shares.



Defintions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Cost of capital is one rate of return the capital funds used should produce to

justify their use within the firm.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

i)

According to Solomon Ezra, the cost of capital is the minimum

required rate of earnings of the cut off rate for capital expenditure.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


ii)

In the words of Haley and Schall, in a general sense, cost of capital is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

any discount rate used to value cash streams.



119

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


iii)

According to James C. Vanhorne, the cost of capital represents a cut

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

off rate for the allocation of capital investment of projects. It is the

rate of return on a project that will have unchanged the market price

of the stock.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Cost of Capital ? Significance

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The determination of the firm's cost of capital is important from the point of

view of both capital budgeting as well as capital structure planning decisions.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(i)

Capital budgeting decisions. In capital budgeting decisions, the cost

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of capital is often used as a discount rate on the basis of which the

firm's future cash flows are discounted to find out their present

values. Thus, the cost of capital is the very basis for financial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


appraisal of new capital expenditure proposals. The decision of the

finance manager will be irrational and wrong in case the cost of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

capital is not correctly determined. This is because the business must

earn least at a rate which equals to its cost capital in order to make at

least a break-even.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(ii)

Capital structure decisions. The cost of capital is also an important

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

consideration in capital structure decisions. The finance manager

must raise capital from different sources in a way that it optimises the

risk and cost factors. The sources of funds which have less cost

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


involve high risk. Raising of loans may, therefore, be cheaper on

account of income tax benefits, but it involves heavy risk because a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

slight fall in the earning capacity of the company may bring the firm

near to cash insolvency. It is, therefore, absolutely necessary that cost


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


120
of each source of funds is carefully considered and compared with

the risk involved with it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

In order to compute the overall cost of capital, the manager of funds has

to take the following steps:

1) To determine the type of funds to be raised and their share in the total

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


capitalization of the firm.

2) To ascertain the cost of each type of funds.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3) To calculate the combined cost of capital if the firm by assigning weight

to each type of funds in terms of quantum of funds so raised.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Determination Of Cost Of Capital ? Problems Involved

It is not an early task to determine the cost of capital of a firm. While

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

determining the cost of capital of a firm, the funds manager is confronted with a

large number of problems both conceptual and practical.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


i)

Computation of cost of equity : The cost of equity capital is the minimum

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

rate of return that a company must earn on that portion of its capital employed,

which is financed by equity capital so that the market price of the shares of the

company remains unchanged. This implies that to find out the cost of equity

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


capital one has to quantity the expectations of the shareholders from the

particular equity shares. As it is a difficult task, a precise measure of cost of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

equity capital is also an arduous task.



ii)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Computation of cost of retained earnings and depreciation funds : The

cost of capital raised through these sources will depend on the approach adopted

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

for computing the cost of capital. As there are different views, the funds



121

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


manager has to face a difficult task in subscribing and selecting an appropriate

approach.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



iii) Marginal Vs average cost of capital : For decision ? making purposes, it

is the future cost of capital and not historical cost of capital which is relevant. If

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


therefore creates another problem whether to consider marginal cost of capital,

i.e., cost of additional funds or the average cost of capital.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



iv) Problem of weights: The assignment of weights of each type of funds is a

complex issue. If a financial executive wants to ascertain the average cost of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


capital than the problem of weights also arises. The finance manger has to make

a choice between the book value of each source of funds and the market value of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

each source of funds. Both have their any merits as well as weaknesses.



Measurement of The Cost Of Capital

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The cost of the different sources of financing represents the components of

continued cost. Each firm has ideal capital mix of various sources of funds;

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

external sources (debt, preferred stock and equity stock) and internal sources

(reserves and surplus). Determining of cost of capital involves relating the

expected outcome of the specific source of capital to the market or book value of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


that source. Expected income in thin context comprises interest, discount on

debt, dividends, EPS or similar other variables most suitable to the particular

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

case. The computation of the cost of capital involves two steps. i) The

computation of the different elements of the cost in terms of the cost of the

different source of finance, and ii) the calculation of the overall cost by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


combining the specific cost into a composite cost.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



122
Cost of Preference Share Capital

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

A security sold in a market place promising a fixed rupee return per period is

known as a preference share or preferred stock. Dividends on preferred stock

are cumulative in the sense that if the firm is unable to pay when promised by it,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


then these keep on getting accumulated until paid, and these must be paid before

dividends are paid to ordinary shareholders. The rate of dividend is specified in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

case of preference shares. Preference shares are of two kinds: the redeemable

and irredeemable preference shares. In case of redeemable preference shares the

period of repayment is specified, while for irredeemable ones this is not done.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The important difference in the true cost of debentures and preference

shares must be noted. Interest on debentures is considered as an expense by tax

authorities and is, therefore, deducted from company's income fortax purposes.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


That is why the true cost of debentures is the after tax cost. On the other hand,

the dividends are paid to preference shareholders after the company has paid tax

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

on its income (including that portion of income which is to be paid to preference

shareholders). Therefore, the true cost of preference capital is the before tax cost

which may be found as :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Cp (before tax) = Rate of dividend [ 1 / (1 ? corporate tax rate)] x 100



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



For example, if dividend rate is 10% and a corporate tax 65%, the cost of

preference capital is:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Cp = 0.10 [1 / (1 ? 0.65)] x 100 = 28.6%.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Cost Of Equity Capital




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Cost of this source of capital is very difficult to measure. Many

methods have been suggested, but no method is clearly the best. Here, three

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



123

popular approaches for estimating cost of equity capital are presented. Like

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


preference capital, cost of equity capital is also calculated before-cost, as tax

does not affect this cost.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Method I. The Risk-Free Rate Plus Risk Premium.

Since the equity holders are paid only after the debt servicing is done, it is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


generally found that investment is equity is riskier in than investment in bonds.

Therefore, an investor will demand a return on equity (re) which will consist of:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(i) a risk free return usually associated with return on government bonds, plus

(ii) a premium for additional risk. There are two sources of risk which affect the

risk premium :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




(1) the additional risk undertaken by investing in private securities rather than

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

government securities.

(2) The risk of buying equity stock rather than bond of a private firm.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




The first type of risk is calculated by taking a difference between the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

interest on firm's bonds and on government bonds. For the second type of risk, a

rule of thumb is used. Based on their judgement, the financial analysts have

come to believe that the return on firm's equity is about 3 to 5 per cent more than

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


that on the debt. We may take its mid-point (i.e., 4 per cent) as an estimate of

premium for second type of risk. Now, suppose risk free rate is 10 per cent and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

firm's bond yield 15 per cent, the total risk premium (p) can be calculated as:

p = (0.15 ? 0.10) + 0.04 =0.09


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The firm's cost of equity capital (Cg) (which is the sym of risk-free

return plus premium for additional risk) would, therefore, be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





124

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Ce = 0.10 + 0.09 = 0.19, or 19 per cent.



Method II. Dividend Valuation Method. This is also known as Dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Growth Model. The underlying logic of this method is the same as the internal

rate of return method of evaluating investments. According to this method, the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

cost of equity capital is that discount rate which equates the current market price

of the equity (P) with the sum of present value of expected dividends. That is,


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

D1

D2


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Dn



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



P = --------- + ------------- + ......... ----------- + ........


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




(1+Ce) (1+Ce)2 (1+Ce)n

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



where D1, D2 ..... are dividends expected during each time period (1,2,...) and

Cg is the cost of equity or the discount rate.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




The basic problem here is that all the shareholders would have

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

different expectations. This method of calculating the cost of equity

would, therefore, need an assumption that all investors have exactly

similar dividend expectations. Another problem relates to the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


determination of future stream of expected dividends. In order to

overcome this problem, it has been suggested that we should assume a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

constant growth rate in dividend. Let D0 be the current dividend, Dn be

the dividend in year n, and g be the constant growth rate of dividend.

Then,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Dn = D0 (1+g)n




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




D0(1+g) D0 (1+g)2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



D0(1+g)n

Therefore

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


P = ----------- + ------------- + ......... ------------ + ........



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



(1+Ce) (1+Ce)2

(1+Ce)n

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

125



This being a geometric series we can write it as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



D0 (1+g)

1

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




(1+g)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





P = ---------------- + ------------ = D0 -----------

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



(1+Ce)

(1+g) (Ce ? g)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





1 - -------

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(1+Ce)



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


D0(1+g)

D1

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Ce = ---------------- + g = ------- + g

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



P


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


P



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Though this method is scientific, one is not sure how to determine the

growth rate of dividend (g).


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Method III: Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM). This approach is based on

the principle that risk and return of an investment are positively correlated--

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

more risky the investment, higher are the desired returns. This model

emphasizes not only the risk differential between equity (or common stock) and

government bond but also risk differential among various common stocks.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




The P coefficient is used as a risk-index. It measures relative risk among

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

stocks. The beta coefficient may be defined as "the ratio of variability in return

on a given stock to variability in return for all stocks," The P is calculated by

regression analysis, using regression equation k a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


m

a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

i = + ki , where ki is the

return on equity of firm a in the ith period and k m

i is the return on all equity in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the market in the ith period. The estimated value of is known as the beta



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

126
coefficient. A beta coefficient of value 1.0 means the stack's return is as volatile

or risky as the market's, > 1 and < 1 means the stock's return are more

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

volatile and less volatile respectively compared to the return on total stock

market portfolio.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In this model the cost of equity capital (re) is:




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




re = Rf + (rm- Rf)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

where, Rf refers to risk free rate and r^ to return on market portfolio. Here cost

of equity capital is composed of two components : (1) the risk-free rate (Rf), and

(2) the weighted risk component where (rm ? Rf) refers to the overall risk

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


premium, while the risk associated with the firm in question () is used as

weights.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Cost of Retained Earnings

The part of income which a firm is left with after paying interest on debt capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


and dividend to its shareholders is called retained earnings. These also involve

cost in the sense that by withholding the distribution of part of income to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

shareholders the firms is denying them the opportunity to invest these funds

elsewhere and earn income. In this sense the cost of retained earnings is the

opportunity cost.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




It must be noted that retaining the earnings is equal to forcing the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

shareholders to increase their equity position in the firm by that amount. But

retained earnings are cheaper when it is realised that shareholders would have to

pay personal tax on the additional dividends, if distributed. Retained earnings

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


avoid the payment of personal income tax on dividends and the brokerage fee

connected with any reinvestment. However, the amount to be paid as personal

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



127

income tax differs from shareholder to shareholder, depending upon the tax

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


bracket to which he belongs. Thus, before-tax cost of retained earnings (Cre) and

before-tax cost of equity capital (Ce) are equal; but once the impact of tax is also

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

included then the cost of retained earnings is less than the cost of equity capital,

the difference being the personal income tax. For example, assume that the

company has Rs. 100 of retained earnings and that there is a uniform personal

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


income tax rate of 30 per cent. This means that if to shareholders are distributed

Rs. 100 of retained earnings, their income would in fact increase by Rs. 70 (=

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 100 - Rs. 30). In other words, the after-tax opportunity cost of retained

earnings is Rs. 70. Or, the cost of retained earnings is about 70% of the cost of

equity capital.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Though the cost of retained earnings is always lower than cost of equity

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

capital, a company can depend upon this source of finance only to the extent of

availability of funds and willingness of shareholders. The cost of retained

earnings can be stated with the help of the following formula :

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


E ( 1 ? Tp)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Cre = ------------------- x 100


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

MP



where, Cre is the cost of retained earnings; E is the earnings per equity; Tp is the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


personal income tax; and MP is the market price of the share.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Weighted Average Cost of Capital



Cost of capital does not refer to the cost of some specific source in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


financial decision-making. It should be the over- all cost of all sources and we



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

128
should consider the weighted cost of capital. Weights are given in proportion to

each source of funds in the capital structure ; then weighted average cost of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

capital is calculated.



For calculating the weighted average cost of capital, we should know the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


capital structure of the company. Let us assume that the proposed capital

structure of a company after new financing would be as follows :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Equity capital ...

25 per cent

Debt capital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


...

50

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

"

Preference capital ...

10

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


"



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Retained earnings ...

15

"

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


100%



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Secondly, we should calculate the cost of different types of capital stated

above, before-tax in the manner in which we studied so far.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Suppose the firm has calculated the cost of each source of capital before-

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

tax as follows :

Item


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Cost

Equity capital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

... 24 per cent

Debt capital

... 8

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


"

Preference capital ... 23

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

"

Retained earnings ... 19

"

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




with these figures, the weighted average cost of capital is calculated for the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

company as shown in the following Table.




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




129

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

TABLE

Type of Capital

Proportion

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


in Before-tax cost of (2) x (3) (WX)

the new capital capital (X)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

structure (W)

(1)

(2)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(3)

(4)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Equity capital

25

24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


600

Debt. Capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

50

8

400

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Preference capital

10

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

23

230

Retained earnings

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


15

19

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

285



W = 100

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




WX = 1515

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The formula for the weighted cost of capital before-tax is :

WX / W

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

=

1515 / 100

=

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


15.15%



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





The weighted average cost of capital in the above imaginary

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


illustration is 15.12 per cent, before-tax.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



After-tax cost of capital = Before-tax cost (1 -- tax-rate).

Assuming the tax-rate as 55% after-tax cost of capital comes to :

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


= 15.15 (1 - 0.55)

= 15.15 x 0.45%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

= 6.817% (or) 6.82%




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




This average cost of capital provides us a measure of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

minimum rate of return which the proposed investment must earn to become

acceptable.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


130


All business decisions relating to capital budgeting and assessment of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


cost of capital are made under conditions of uncertainty. The management

cannot ignore the risks and uncertainties associated .with capital budgeting.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital budgeting is influenced by many factors like the industrial policy of the

government, location pattern, government's policy on investments, benefits of

tax incentives and the availability of inputs.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


PROBLEMS AND KEY

2) A firm finances all its investments by 40 per cent debt and 60 per cent equity.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The estimated required rate of return on equity is 20 per cent after-taxes and that

of the debt is 8 per cent after-taxes. The firm is considering an investment

proposal costing Rs 40,000 with an expected return that will last forever. What

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


amount (in rupees) must the proposal yield per year so that the market price of

the share does not change? Show calculations to prove your point.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Solution: The minimum overall required rate of return is:

Debt 0.40x0.08

=

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


0.032

Equity 0.60x0.20 =

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

0.120

Weighted average

0.152

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus, the investment proposal earn 0.152 X Rs 40,000 = Rs 6,080 per year.

Annual return before taxes Rs

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

6,080

Less: interest 0.08 x 0.40 x.Rs 40,000 1,280

Return on equity

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Rs

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4,800

After-tax rate of return on equity:

Rs 4,800 - (0.60 x Rs 40,000)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Us 4,800 Rs 24,000= 0.20

3) A Ltd intends to issue new equity shares. It's present equity shares are being

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

sold in the market at Rs 125 a share. The company's past record regarding

payment of dividends is as follows:


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


131

1984:10.70%; 1985:11.45%; 1986:12.25%; 1987:13.11%; 1988:14.03%.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The floatation costs are estimated at 3% of the current selling price of the shares.

You are required to calculate:

(a) Growth rate in dividends.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(b) Cost of funds raised by issue of equity shares assuming that the growth rate

as calculated under (a) above will continue for ever.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(c) Cost of new equity shares.

Solution:

(i) Growth rate in dividends:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The amount of dividends has increased from 10.70 at the end of

1984 to 14.03 at the end of 1988 giving a compound factor of 1.3112, (i.e.,

14.03/10.70).

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

By looking to the "compound sum of one rupee table" in the line

of 4 years, one can find that the compound rate is that of 7%. Hence the growth

rate in dividends is 7%.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(ii) Cost of equity:

Ke = D / MP + g

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Since the dividend has been growing at the rate of 7% every year,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the dividend expected by the investors immediately after the end of 1988 is

likely to be 15.01% (i.e., 14.03% + 7% of 14.03%). The cost of equity capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

can now be determined as follows:



Ke = 15.01/125 x 100 + 7%

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




= 12.01% + 7% = 19.01%.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



(iii) Cost of new equity shares:


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Ke = D / NP + g



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

132


= 15.01/(125 ? 3.75) x 100 + 7%

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



= 15.01/121.25 x 100 + 7%

= 12.38% + 7% = 19.38%.)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




4) The following is an extract from the financial statement of XY Ltd.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(Rs. lakhs)

Operating Profit


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



105

Less; Interest on debentures

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


33



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


72



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Less : Income Tax (50%)




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

36



Net profit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




36

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Equity share capital (shares of Rs.10 each)

200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Reserves and surplus

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


100



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

15% non-convertible debentures (of Rs.100 each) 220




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

520

The market price per equity share is Rs. 12 and per debenture Rs. 93.75.

(i) What is the earning per share ?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(ii) What is the percentage cost of capital to the company for the debenture

funds and the equity ?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Solution:

i) Calculation of Earnings Per Share


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Profit after tax



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Earnings per share (EPS) = ------------------------------




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



No. of equity shares


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



36,00,000


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


or EPS

= -------------------- = Rs.1.80

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



133


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



20,00,000


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




(ii) Computation of Percentage Cost of Capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(a) Cost of Equity Capital :

Cost of Equity (Ke)= D / MP

where, D = Expected earnings per share

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


and MP = Market price per share

Or Ke (%) = 1.80/12 x 100 = 15%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(b) Cost of Debenture Funds;

At Book Value At Market Price


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(Rs. lakhs) (Rs. lakhs)

Value of 15% Debentures

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



220.00 206.25

Interest Cost for the year

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




33.00 33.00

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Less: Tax at 50%




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


16.50 16.5Q

Interest cost after tax

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

16.50 16.50

Cost of Debenture Fund (%) 16.50/220 x 100 16.50/206.25x 100


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


= 7.5%



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

= 8%

8) A firm whose cost of capital is 10% is considering two mutually exclusive

projects A and B, the cash flows of which are as below:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Year



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Project A


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Project B

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Rs.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.

0

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


-50000



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

-80000

1


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

62500




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


96170

Suggest which project should be taken up using (i) net present value method and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(ii) the internal rate of return method.



134

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Solution

i) CALCUALTION OF NET PRESENT VALUE (NPV)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Year

P.V. Factor

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Project A

Project B

Cash flow Present

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Cash flow Present

(Rs.)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

value (Rs.) (Rs.)

value (Rs.)

0

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1

-50000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

-50000

-80000

-80000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1

.909

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

62500

56812

96170

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


87418

Net present value (NPV)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6812


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


7418



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

ii) CALCUALTION OF INTERNAL RATE OF RETURN (IRR)



Project A

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Project B

P.V. Factor=initial outlay /annual cash 50000/62500=.8

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

80000/96170=.83

flow

25%

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


20%

IRR (using P.V. tables)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Suggestions. According to the net present value method,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


investment in project B is better because of its higher positive NPV; but

according to the IRR method project A is a better investment because of higher

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

internal rate of return. Thus, there is a conflict in ranking of the two mutually

exclusive proposals according to the two methods. Under these circumstances,

we would suggest to take up project B which gives a higher net present value

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


because in doing so the firm will be liable to maximize the wealth of the

shareholders.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




135

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Summary




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Cost of capital plays an important role in the capital budgeting

decisions. It determines the acceptability of all investment opportunities

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

regardless of the techniques employed to judge the financial viability of a

project. Cost of capital serves as capitalization rate used to determine

capitalisaiton of a new concern. With the help of this very rate realworth of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


various investments of the firm can be evaluated. Cost of capital provides useful

guidelines in determining optimal capital structure of a firm. It refers to the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

minimum rate of return of a firm which must earn on its investment so that the

market value of the company's equity share may not fall. The determination of

the firm's cost of capital is important from the point of view of both capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


budgeting as well as capital structure planning decisions.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



In order to compute the overall cost of capital, the manager of

funds has to take the following steps: i) To determine the type of funds to be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


raised and their share in the total capitalization of the firm, ii) To ascertain the

cost of each type of funds, and iii) To calculate the combined cost of capital if

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the firm by assigning weight to each type of funds in terms of quantum of funds

so raised.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




The cost of the different sources of financing represents the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

components of continued cost. Each firm has ideal capital mix of various

sources of funds; external sources (debt, preferred stock and equity stock) and

internal sources (reserves and surplus). Determining of cost of capital involves

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


relating the expected outcome of the specific source of capital to the market or

book value of that source. Expected income in thin context comprises interest,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

discount on debt, dividends, EPS or similar other variables most suitable to the

particular case. The computation of the cost of capital involves two steps. i) The

computation of the different elements of the cost in terms of the cost of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




136
different source of finance, and ii) the calculation of the overall cost by

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


combining the specific cost into a composite cost. Weights are given in

proportion to each source of funds in the capital structure; then weighted

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

average cost of capital is calculated.




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Key words

Cost of capital. It is the rate of return the firm must earn on its assets to justify

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the using and acquiring of investible resources.

Capital asset pricing model (CAPM). This model is based on the premise that

degree of risk and returns are related. Relative risks among stocks is measured

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


using the beta coefficient. coefficient > 1 means the variation in returns on that

stock is greater than that of the average stock. coefficient is a necessary

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

element in determining a stock's required rate of return.

Dividend valuation method. According to this method, the return required by

the investor is equal to the current dividend yield on the common stock plus an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


expected growth rate for dividend payments. It is also known as dividend

growth model.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Weighted average cost of capital. Weights are given in proportion to each

source of funds in the capital structure; then weighted average cost of capital is

calculated.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




137

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

REVIEW QUESTIONS

1) What is cost of capital?

2) How is cost of capital determined?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3) How do you calculate cost of debt?

4) What are the various concepts of cost of capital? Why should they be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

distinguished in financial management?

5) How is the cost of debt computed? How does it differ from the cost of

preference capital?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


6) The equity capital is cost free.' Do you agree? Give reasons.

7) `Debt is the cheapest source of funds.' Explain.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

8) What is weighted average cost of capital?

9) How is the weighted average cost of capital calculated?

10) Examine the importance of cost of capital.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


11) What are the problems involved in determination of cost of capital?

12) How will you calculate cost of preference share capital?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13) How will calculate cost of retained earnings?

*****


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




138
UNIT III

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




CAPITAL STRUCTURE THEORIES

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





LESSON OUTLINE

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Introduction

Financial leverage

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Measures of financial leverage

Operating leverage

Measures of operating leverage

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Combined effect of operating and financial leverage

Capital structure theories

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Analysing alternate financial plans

Capital structure planning

Composition of capital structure

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Capital structure frame work

FRICT analysis

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital structure and value of a firm

Net income approach

Weighted average cost of capital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Net operating income approach

Traditional approach

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Modigliani and Miller's proposition

Taxes and capital structure

Capital structure determinants in practice

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Some frequently asked questions



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

139

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

After reading this lesson you should be able to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- explain what is financial and operating leverages and their concepts

- discuss alternate measures of leverages

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

- understand and appreciate the risk and return implications of leverages

- analyse the combined effects of financial and operating leverages

- understand capital structure and value of a company and their

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


relationship

- understand and appreciate MM proposition

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

- explain the interest tax shield advantage of debt as well as its

disadvantages in terms of cost of financial distress

- study the capital structure determinants in detail and in practice

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

140
Introduction

Any business or a company or firm requires capital to acquire assets. These

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

assets could also be obtained with loans from financial institutions. The

company operates those assets to earn economic returns by fulfilling customer

needs.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The capital structure decision centres on the allocation between debt and

equity in financing the business needs. An efficient mixture of capital reduces

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the price of capital. Lowering the cost of capital increases net economic returns

which ultimately increase business value.

An unleveled business uses only equity capital. A levered business uses a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


mix of equity and various forms of other liabilities.

Apart from deciding on a target capital structure, a business must

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

manage its capital structure. Imperfections or opportunities in capital markets,

taxes and other practical factors influence the managing of capital structure.

Imperfections may suggest a capital structure less than the theoretical optimal.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Operation of assets and the business's financing of those assets jointly

dictate its (business) value. Understanding why the current proportion of debt in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

the capital structure lowers the cost of capital and increases stock price holds

attention.

Basic characteristics of an unlevered company (total equity and no debt

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


financing). In such a company there are no external creditors. Only the

shareholders as a group have a claim on the expected net income and they bear

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the risk associated with the expected net income.

Therefore the total risk faced by such a company is business risk and the

risk associated with the tax environment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

141

In a levered company, the creditors are very carefully organized and they

have specified claims against a company's cash flows during normal operations

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


as well as during bankruptcy. Equity holders are always last in line, behind all

creditors.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The position of each claimant in the line affects the riskiness of their

cash flows. Those first in the line claim the most certain cash flows ? and their

removal of the most certain cash flows increases the risk of the cash flows that

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


remain for those behind them

Creditors and equity holders are clever. Claimants further back in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

line demand higher returns to compensate themselves for the additional risk they

bear. Thus, shareholders require higher returns for the added financial risk of

creditors.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


However, shareholders know another very important facet about debt;

they can make money from its use. In fact, the focal point of capital structure

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

theory hinges on shareholders recognizing that debt use can add to their returns.

The use of appropriate amount of debt adds value if the company enjoys a tax

deduction for interest payments.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus moving away from entire equity (unlevered) to part equity and part

debt (levered) financing will result in the following fruitful journey for the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

shareholders.



- Corporate debt increases ? financial risk increase

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


- Total risk increase since financial risk is increasing



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

- Equity decreases ? the number of shares of stock decreases ? the

company does not need as much equity financing because debt is
replacing equity in the capital structure

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





142

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

- Expected earnings per share increase since fewer shares exist and the

expected tax benefits of using debt contribute to the EPS


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Hence making crucial decision on the capital structure ? either entire

equity or part equity and part debt financing ? is very vital for the development

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and growth of any business organisation.

We shall now make an attempt various issues connected with the

leveraging, theories developed on leveraging and also look at determining the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


ideal capital structure in practice.

Should a business increase or reduce the number of units it is producing?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Should it rely more or less heavily on borrowed money? The answer depends

upon how a change would affect risk and return.

Operating leverage is the name given to the impact on operating income

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of a change in the level of output. Financial leverage is the name given to the

impact on returns of a change in the extent to which the firm's assets are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

financed with borrowed money.

Despite the fact that both operating leverage and financial leverage are

concepts that have been discussed and analyzed for decades, there is substantial

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


disparity in how they are defined and measured by academics and practitioners.

Financial leverage

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The use of fixed charges (or interest) bearing sources of funds, such as debt and

preference capital along with the owners' equity in the capital structure of a

company is described as financial leverage or gearing or trading on equity.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

143

The use of term trading on equity is derived from the fact that the debt is raised

on the basis of the owner's equity - the equity is traded upon. Since the debt

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


provider has limited participation in the company's profits he will insist on to

protect his earnings and protect values represented by ownership equity.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Financial leverage is the name given to the impact on returns of a change

in the extent to which the firm's assets are financed with borrowed money.

The financial leverage is employed by a company only when it is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


confident of earning more return on fixed charge funds than their costs.

In case the company earns more then the derived surplus will increase

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the return on the owner's equity

In case the company earns less on the fixed charge funds when compared

to their costs, the resultant deficit will decrease the return on owner's equity

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The rate of return on the owner's equity is thus levered above or below

the rate of return on total assets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus a simple logic can be arrived at as under. If all other things remain

same, lower the amount borrowed, lower the interest, lower will be the profit

and greater the amount borrowed, lower the interest, greater will be the profit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Financial leverage reflects the amount of debt used in the capital

structure of the firm. Because debt carries a fixed obligation of interest

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

payments, we have the opportunity to greatly magnify our results at various

levels of operations.

The degree of financial leverage is computed as the percentage change in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


earnings available to common stockholders associated with a given percentage

change in earnings before interest and taxes.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



144
Thus financial leverage is a commitment to fixed debt charges payment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

obligation undertaken by a company.

Measures of financial leverage

Debt ratio is the ratio of debt to the total available funds of the company, i.e.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


sum of owner's equity and outside debt. The owner's equity can be measured in

terms of either book value or the market value. In some countries it is also

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

named as leverage ratio. It is defined down traditional lines as the ratio of

external debt to total equity

Debt equity ratio is the ratio of debt to the total equity. Here too, the equity can

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


be measured in terms of either book value or the market value

The market value of equity in debt ratio and debt equity ratio is more

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

appropriate, because market values normally reflect the current attitude of the

investors, in normal markets.

If the shares of the company are not traded in the stock exchanges (or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


markets) or are not actively traded in the stock exchanges then it would be

difficult to get correct information on market values.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The debt ratio and debt equity ratio are also known as capital gearing ratios.

Interest coverage is the ratio of earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) to the

interest liability. This is known as coverage ratio i.e. debt coverage ratio or debt

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


service coverage ratio.

The reciprocal of interest coverage that is interest divided by EBIT is known as

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

income gearing.

Degree of financial leverage

The degree of financial leverage (DFL) is defined as the percentage change in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


earnings per share [EPS] that results from a given percentage change in earnings

before interest and taxes (EBIT), and it is calculated as follows

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



145

DFL = Percentage change in EPS divided by Percentage change in EBIT

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


This calculation produces an index number which if, for example, it is

1.43, this means that a 100 percent increase in EBIT would result in a 143

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

percent increase in earnings per share. (It makes no difference mathematically if

return is calculated on a per share basis or on total equity, as in the solution of

the equation EPS cancels out.)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


When the economic conditions are good and the company's Earnings

before interest and tax is increasing, its EPS increases faster with debt in the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

capital structure.

The degree of financial leverage is expressed as the percentage change in

EPS due to a given percentage change in EBIT

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


DFL = % change in EPS / % change in EBIT

An alternate formula to calculate the degree of financial leverage is as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

follows:

DFL = EBIT / (EBIT ? Int) = EBIT/PBT = 1 + INT/PBT

Financial leverage on the one hand increases shareholders' return and on

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the other, it also increases their risk. For a given level of EBIT, EPS varies more

with more debt.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus financial leverage is a double edged weapon. It may assure you a

higher return but with a higher risk. Normally, a trade off between the return and

risk will be arrived at to determine the appropriate amount of debt.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Let us examine this with an example

A company's expected EBIT is Rs.150 with a standard deviation of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.50. This implies that the earnings could vary between Rs.100 and Rs.200 on

an average.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


146


Suppose that the company has some debt on which it incurs Rs.50 as interest.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Now the shareholders' expected earnings will be Rs.150 less Rs.50 = Rs.100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(taxes are ignored). Standard deviation will remain unchanged at Rs.50

Now the shareholders earnings will on an average vary within a range of Rs.50

and Rs.150.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


If EBIT is Rs.50, then the shareholders may not earn anything. If it is less than

Rs.50, their earnings may be negative.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

In extreme situations if the company is unable to pay interest and principal on

the debt borrowed, its very existence may be threatened by the insolvency

proceedings that may be initiated by the creditors.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Operating leverage

High fixed costs and low variable costs provide the greater percentage change in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

profits both upward and downward. If a high percentage of a firm's costs are

fixed, and hence do not decline when demand decreases, this increases the

company's business risk. This factor is called operating leverage.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


If a high percentage of a firm's total costs are fixed, the firm is said to have a

high degree of operating leverage. The degree of operating leverage (DOL) is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

defined as the percentage change in operating income (or EBIT) that results

from a given percentage change in sales....In effect, the DOL is an index number

which measures the effect of a change in sales on operating income, or EBIT

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


When fixed costs are very large and variable costs consume only a small

percentage of each dollar of revenue, even a slight change in revenue will have a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

large effect on reported profits.



147

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Operating leverage, then, refers to the magnified effect on operating earnings

(EBIT) of any given change in sales...And the more important, proportionally,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

are fixed costs in the total cost structure, the more marked is the effect on EBIT.

One of the most dramatic examples of operating leverage is in the airline

industry, where a large portion of total costs are fixed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The higher the proportion of fixed costs to total costs the higher the operating

leverage of the firm

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Since a fixed expense is being compared to an amount which is a function of a

fluctuating base (sales), profit-and-loss results will not bear a proportionate

relationship to that base. These results in fact will be subject to magnification,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the degree of which depends on the relative size of fixed costs vis-a-vis the

potential range of sales volume. This entire subject is referred to as operating

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

leverage.

Thus, in general terms, operating leverage refers to the use of fixed costs

in the operation of a firm.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Operating leverage is defined as the percentage change in the earnings

before interest and taxes relative to a given percentage change in sales.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The degree of operating leverage is also defined as the change in a

company's earnings before interest and tax due to change in sales. Since

variable costs change in direct proportion of sales and fixed costs remain

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


constant, the variability in EBIT when sales change is caused by fixed costs.

Operating leverage refers to the use of fixed costs in the operation of a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

firm. A firm will not have operating leverage if its ratio of fixed costs to total



148

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

costs is nil. For such a firm, a given change in sales would produce same

percentage change in the operating profit or earnings before interest and taxes.

Higher the fixed cost, higher the variability in EBIT for a given change

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


in sales. Other things remaining the same, companies with higher operating

leverage (because of higher fixed costs) are most risky.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus operating leverage increases with fixed costs. Operating profit of a

highly leveraged (operating) firm would increase at a faster rate for any given

increase in sales.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Operating leverage intensifies the effect of cyclicality on a company's

earnings. Operating leverage is the name given to the impact on operating

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

income of a change in the level of output.

Operating leverage affects a firm's operating profit (EBIT) while

financial leverage affects profit after tax or the earnings per share.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Thus operating leverage is a commitment to fixed production charges

payment obligation undertaken by a company.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Measures of operating leverage

Operating leverage measures the effect of fixed costs on the firm, and that the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


degree of operating leverage (DOL) equals:

DOL = q(p - v) divided by q(p - v) ? f

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

where: q = quantity, p = price per unit, v = variable cost per unit, f = total fixed
costs

that is:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



149

Degree of operating leverage = Sales revenue less total variable cost divided by

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


sales revenue less total cost

Operating leverage can also be defined as the impact of a change in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

revenue on profit or cash flow. It arises, whenever a firm can increase its

revenues without a proportionate increase in operating expenses. Cash allocated

to increasing revenue, such as marketing and business development

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


expenditures, are quickly consumed by high fixed expenses.

Positive operating leverage occurs at the point at which revenue exceeds

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the total amount of fixed costs.

Thus, the degree of operating leverage (DOL) is defined as the

percentage change in the earnings before interest and taxes relative to a given

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


percentage change in sales.

Thus, DOL = (% change in EBIT) / (% change in sales)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

DOL = (changes in EBIT / EBIT) / (changes in sales / sales)

An alternate formula for calculating DOL is as follows

DOL = Contribution / EBIT = 1 + Fixed Cost / EBIT

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Combined effect of operating and financial leverage

The combined effect of two leverages can be quite significant for the earnings

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

available to ordinary shareholders. They cause wide fluctuation in earnings per

share for a given change in sales.

If a company were to employ a high level of operating and financial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


leverage, even a very small change in the level of sales will cause significant

effect on the earning per share.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



150
Thus the degrees of operating and financial leverages can be combined

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to ensure the effect of total leverage on earning per share due to a very small

change in sales.

The degree of combined leverage is expressed in the following manner

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




DCL = (% change in EBIT / % change in sales) x (% change in EPS / % change

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

in EBIT)

DCL = % change in EPS / % change in sales

Another way of expression of DCL is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


DCL = Contribution / (EBIT ? INT)

= Contribution / PBT = 1 + (Int + Fixed cost) / PBT

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

DCL = (EBIT + Fixed costs) / PBT

Clarity in regard to operating and financial leverage is important because

these concepts are important to businesses. Small and medium-sized businesses

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


often have difficulty using the highly sophisticated quantitative methods large

companies use.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Fortunately, the simple break-even graph is simple and easy to interpret;

yet it can provide a significant amount of information. The algebra necessary to

compute operating and financial leverage, too, is not very complex.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Unfortunately, it comes in a several guises; not all equally easy to understand or

equally useful.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital structure theories

A company can raise the required finance through two principal sources, namely

equity and debt.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

151

Therefore, a question should arise - what should be the proportion of debt and

equity in the capital structure of the company? This can be put in a different

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


manner ? what should be the financial leverage of the company?

The company should decide as to how to divide its cash flows into two

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

broad components ? a fixed component earmarked to meet the debt obligation

and the balance portion that genuinely belongs to the equity shareholders.

Any financial management should ensure maximization of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


shareholders' wealth. Therefore an important question that should be raised and

answered is what is the relationship between capital structure and value of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

firm? Or what is the relationship between capital structure and cost of capital?

As cost of capital and firm value are inversely related, this assumes

greater importance. If the cost of capital is very low, then the value of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


company is maximized and if the cost of capital is very high, then the value of

the company is minimized.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Some question this relationship; according to them there is no

relationship whatsoever between capital structure and value of the company.

Others agree that the financial leverage has a positive impact and effect on the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


value of the firm up to a point and it would be negative thereafter. However

some strongly hold the view that greater the financial leverage, greater the value

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

of the firm, when other things remain equal.

Analysing alternate financial plans

Normally capital budgeting decisions are made for replacement of worn out or

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


obsolete machineries. In case the machineries have not worn out but they have

not contributing optimum production quantities, such replacement decisions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

may also be made.

Sometimes capital budgeting decisions are made for modernization of

the plant and machinery. They are also made for replacing manually operated

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




152
machineries with totally automated machineries. Most of the times, the plant and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


machinery may need latest technological up gradation.

If they are not technologically up graded, the companies may lose out to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

those companies which have gone for latest generation technologies as it is

always observed latest technology normally result in cost of production going

down and naturally the companies which opt for latest technology would be able

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to better quality products at comparatively lower cost.

Many times companies will need to made capital budgeting decisions to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

take care of their expansion programmes to meet growing existing market

requirements. They are also made to penetrate into newer markets ? regionally

and globally.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Having achieved name and fame in the market with their quality

products, companies may take up diversification programmes to enlarge their

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

business operations. Capital budgeting decisions are made for them also.

The funds needed to meet these capital budgeting decisions can be met

through either internal funds generated (by retaining earnings in the previous

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


years) or through debts and financing by banks and financial institutions.

Sometimes they are also met through raising fresh external equity

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

These capital structure decisions will also require reviewing and analysing

- existing capital structure

- desired debt-equity mix

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- pay out policy

Moving over to desired debt ? equity mix of any capital structure decisions,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

a company will need looking into its effect on future returns and effect on risk,

both of which will impact the cost of the capital.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




153

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The cost of capital decides the optimum capital structure and this will facilitate

evaluating the value of the firm.

Capital structure planning

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Companies which do not plan their capital structure may prosper in the short run

as they develop as a result of financial decisions taken by the manager without

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

any proper policy and planning. In these companies, the financing decisions are

reactive and they evolve in response to the operating decisions.

But ultimately they face considerable difficulties in raising funds to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


finance their activities. With an unplanned capital structure, they will fail to

economise use of funds. And this will impact the company's earning capacity

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

considerably.

Our finance manager should be in a position to plan a suitable or

optimum capital structure for a company. As we have seen, an optimum

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


structure is one that can maximize the value of the firm in the market.

In practice the establishment of an optimum capital structure of a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

company is indeed a difficult one. It is different and varying among industries

and among companies in the same industry. A number of elements and factors

influence such a capital structure of a company.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


These elements and factors are highly psychological, complex and

qualitative and they do not always follow same pattern and theory. That is why,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

given the same company, different decision makers will decide differently on

capital structure, as they will have different judgmental background.

Composition of capital structure

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The following are some important components of a company's capital structure

and they will therefore need proper analysis, consideration, evaluation and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

scrutiny




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


154
Capital mix

It consists of the equity and debt capital. The debt capital which can be raised

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


from a variety of sources like banks and financial institutions, friends and

relatives, etc forms an important item of the capital mix.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The percentage of debt capital to the total capital mix will depend on the

extent of dependence of debt affordable by the company. And this dependence

will in turn depend on the risks undertaken by the company. The lenders will on

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


their part consider these risks before lending their resources to the company.

Issues like reasonableness of the debt terms, its mechanism and level and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the policies, systems and procedures of the company will also be looked into.

Ratios like debt ratio, debt service coverage ratio, etc will be handy and helpful

in framing up the action plan on capital mix. Cash flow and funds flow

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


statements will also help one in analyzing the capital mix for decision making.

Terms and conditions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

A debt can be acquired with many choices on hand. The interest thereon can be

either on fixed or floating rate basis. In the case of equity, the investors would

prefer regular return by way of dividends.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The company will have to decide its preference either for payment of

interest or payment of dividends. In case debt capital can be raised at a lower

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

rate of interest than the return on such borrowed capital, then it would be

advisable to prefer debt capital to ensure maximum return for the owners.

Again, the company's expectation of future interest rates will be yet

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


another consideration. If the future interest rates are to remain neutral and if the

company's earnings are at a growing pace, then it may be ideal to go in for debt

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

capital.

Therefore, the company's choice will depend on the management's

assessment of future interest rates and its earnings potential. Of course, the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




155

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

management will take into account hedging instruments available at its disposal

for managing such interest rate exposures.

There are certain covenants in the loan documentation like what the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


company can do and cannot do. And these may inhibit the freedom of the

management of the company. They normally cover payment of dividends,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

disposal of fixed assets, raising of fresh debt capital, etc. How these covenants

prohibit and limit the company's future strategies including competitive

positioning.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Selection of currency of the debt

The currency of the debt capital is yet another factor to reckon with. Now a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

days, a well run company can easily have access to international debt markets

through external commercial borrowings.

Such recourse to international markets enables the company to globalize

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


its operations. However, the most important consideration in the selection of the

appropriate currency in which such international loans are granted and accepted

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

is the exchange risk factor. Of course, the management can have access to

foreign exchange hedging instruments like forward contracts, options, swaps,

etc.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Profile and priority

The profile of the instruments used in the capital mix may differ from each

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

other. Equity is the permanent capital. Under debt, there are short term

instruments like commercial papers and long term instruments like term loans.

In the same manner the priorities of the instruments also differ.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Repayment of equity will have the least priority when the company is winding

up ? either on its own or by legal force.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



156
Instruments such as hire purchase or leasing are quite safe from the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

provider's (lender's) point of view. The assets backing such instruments provide

the protection or safety net to the lenders.

Therefore secured debts are relatively safe and have priority over

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


unsecured debt in the event of company closure.

Normally the profile of the assets and liabilities of the company do not

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

match. The company is deemed to have obtained risk neutral position by

matching the maturities (profile) of the various assets and liabilities. That is why

it is always advised that short term liabilities should be used to acquire current

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


assets and long term liabilities for fixed assets.

However in practice, the companies do not exactly match the profile of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

sources and uses of funds.

Various financial instruments

Simple instruments or innovative instruments can be availed to raise funds

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


required.

Financial innovative instruments are used to attract investors and they

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

are normally associated with reduction in capital cost. A company to reduce its

immediate funding cost can consider issue of convertible debentures at a lower

interest rate. This way the investors can take up equity holding in the company

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


which is not otherwise available directly at a comparatively cheaper cost. For

the company too funds are available initially till the conversion date at a lesser

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

interest rate.

A company can also issue non convertible debentures at a higher interest

rate when compared with convertible debentures, which may carry a lower

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


interest rate as above.

Similarly a company can attempt raising required funds at a lesser cost

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

through cross currency swaps in the international markets. In this, the company



157

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


which may be having competitive advantage in one currency and in one market

can exchange the principal with another currency of its choice and in another

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

market and with another corporate which has an exactly matching and opposite

requirement. Such swaps are gaining popularity in the market place

Therefore the company and its management have to continuously

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


innovate instruments and securities to reduce the final cost. An innovation once

introduced may not attract new investors. There is also a possibility and the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

other companies may further fine tune the instruments and securities and make

them more innovative and attractive.

Therefore financial innovation is a continuous process.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Various target groups in financial market

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The different target groups in any financial market could be individual

investor, institutional investors, private companies and corporates, public

(government held or widely held) companies and corporates etc.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


A company can raise its required capital from any of these or all of these

segments.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

A company can issue short term paper like commercial paper or

certificate of deposits. It has also the option of raising the funds through public

deposits.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


How these various target groups can be accessed? What are their

expectations and requirements? What are the target groups the company is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

proposing to approach for its requirements and why?

These are some of the immediate important questions a company may

have to consider while deciding on the target group

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



158
Capital structure frame work

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

A financial capital structure frame work can be structured and evaluated from

various perspectives.

From the company's point of view, the following may merit consideration

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


- Return from investment

- Risk associated with the investment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

- Value of the investment at different points of time in its life cycle

From the investor's point of view, the following may pose serious questions

- control of investment

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- flexibility offered by the company

- feasibility of the investment

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Therefore by balancing all these considerations, a sound capital structure can

be worked out.

One such analysis is the FRICT analysis. It is used to help answer a firm's

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


financing choices. The focus would be on the questions that we are trying to

answer and these questions and answers will provide the best choice for the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

company. The FRICT analysis does not cover other choices such as

postponement or cancellation of the project.

The four questions that are normally raised in FRICT analysis are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- How much do we need

- When will we need it

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

- Why ? what will it be used for

- What sources are available

The FRICT frame work consists of Flexibility, Risk, Income, Control and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Timing



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



159

Flexibility

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


First of all, the company should find out its debt capacity and the capital

structure so determined should be within this debt capacity. And this capacity

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

should not be exceed at any cost and at any time. As we know, the debt capacity

depends on the company's ability to generate future cash flows. Only such cash

flows can facilitate prompt repayment ? principal and periodic interest payment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


? to the creditors. This cash flow also should leave some surplus to meet

evolving emergent situations. Thus the capital structure should be flexible

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

enough to facilitate it to change its structure with minimum cost and delay due

to emerging situations.

Risk

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The variability in the company's operations throw open many risks. They may

arise due to the macroeconomic factors ? industry and company specific ? which

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

may be beyond or within the company's scope. Any large dependence on debt

will therefore magnify the possible variance in the company owners' earnings

and at times may threaten the very existence or solvency of the company

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Income

Any debt acquired by the company to build up appropriate capital structure

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

should result in the value addition to the company owners and it should be

advantageous by generating maximum returns to the company owners with

minimum additional cost (by way of payment of interest and other charges)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Control

The preferred capital structure should not disturb the management control of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

company. Therefore, beyond a certain level, the debt providers may insist for

management control and this will be risky for the owners of the company. Hence

closely held companies are particularly vulnerable and therefore concerned with

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the dilution of control



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

160
Timing

The chosen capital structure should provide the following comforts

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

- Feasibility

- Freedom to implement current and future options

Therefore the progression of financing decision is very important in any

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


capital structure framework as any current decision may influence or impact

future funding options

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Therefore our FRICT analysis provides a general framework for

managing and evaluating a company's capital structure. However within this

FRICT framework companies can provide comfort to the creditors depending on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the particular individual characteristics of the company like affording flexibility,

control, etc. This is to provide a general adaptable framework for any company.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital structure and value of a firm

We know there two main sources of finance available for a company (or a firm)

are debt and equity. However it is difficult to arrive at the exact or at least

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


optimum proportion of debt and equity in the capital structure of a company.

Therefore, ascertaining the level of financial leverage is the primary task to be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

performed.

The main objective of financial management is to maximize the owners'

(share holders') wealth and value. The key issues there fore are the relationship

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


between capital structure and cost of capital.

We know given a certain level of earnings, the value of the company is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

maximized when the cost of capital is minimized. In the same vein the value of

the company is minimized when the cost of capital is maximized. Therefore the

value of the company and the cost of capital are inversely related.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


There are many different arguments and view points as to how the

capital structure influences the value of the company. Some argue that financial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



161

leverage (use of debt capital) has a positive effect on the company value up to a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


point and negative thereafter. On the other extreme, few contend that there is no

relation between capital structure and value of the company. Many strongly

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

believe that other things being equal, greater the leverage, greater will be the

value of the company

The capital structure of a company will be planned and implemented

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


when the company is formed and incorporated. The initial capital structure

would therefore be designed very carefully.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The management of a company would set a target capital structure and

the subsequent financing decisions would be made with a view to achieve the

target capital structure. The management has also to deal with an existing capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


structure. The company will need to fund or finance its activities continuously.

Every time a need arises for funds, the management will have to weigh the pros

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and cons of the various sources of finance and then select the advantageous

source keeping in view the target capital structure.

Thus capital structure decisions are a continuous one and they have to be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


made whenever the company needs additional finance.

Now let us explore the relationship between the financial leverage and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

cost of capital which is a contested issue in financial management.

Assumptions

The relationship between a capital structure and cost of capital of a company can

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


be better established and appreciated by considering the following assumptions

- There is no incidence of corporate / income / personal taxes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

- The company distributes all its earnings in a year by way of dividends to

its shareholders


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


162
- The investors have uniform subjective probability distribution of

operating income (EBIT) for each company

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


- The operating income is expected to remain same ? no growth or no

decline ? over a period of time

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

- Capital structure can be changed by a company without incurring

transaction costs with ease and comfort and instantaneously

The idea behind the above assumptions is to keep aside the influence of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


tax, dividend policy, risk perception, growth and market imperfections so that

the influence of financial leverage on cost of capital can be studied and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

sustained with greater clarity and focus

Taking into the above assumptions, cost of debt, Rd can be arrived at as under

Rd = i / d

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


= Annual interest charges divided by Market value of debt

If we assume the debt is perpetual, then Rd would become the cost of capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

When the company pays out 100% of its earnings and when the earnings also

remain constant for ever, then Re, the cost of equity would be

Re = P / E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


= Equity earnings divided by Market value of equity

When the market value of the company V is equal to Debt plus Equity,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

then Ra combined capitalization rate of the company would be

Ra = O / V

= Operating income divided by Market value of the firm

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Net income approach

Any company is said to have leveraged if it finances its assets through debt

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

capital and equity capital. On the other hand, a company which finances its

assets entirely through equity capital is called an unlevered company.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


163

The value of equity of any company can be found out by discounting its

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

net income

V (value of equity) = E (net income) / K (cost of equity)

Similarly the value of a company's debt can be found out by discounting

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the value of interest on debt.

V (value of debt) = I (interest on debt) / K (cost of debt)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The value of the company will be the sum value of value of equity and

value of debt.

The company's overall cost of capital is called the weighted average cost

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of capital (detailed coverage is given below) And this can be found as under

We know,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Value of the firm = value of its equity + value of its debt

Company's cost of capital = Net operating income / value of the firm

There is another way to calculate weighted average cost of capital.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


WACC = Cost of equity X equity weight + cost of debt X debt weight

Net income approach reveals that the cost of debt Rd, the cost of equity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Re remain unchanged when Debt / Equity varies. The constancy of cost of debt

and cost of equity with regard to D/E means that Ra, the average cost of capital

is measured as under

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Ra = Rd [D / (D+E)] + Re [E / (D+E)]

The average cost of capital Ra will decrease as D/E increases.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Weighted average cost of capital

The weighted average cost of capital (WACC) is used in finance to measure a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


firm's cost of capital. It had been used by many firms in the past as a discount

rate for financed projects, since using the cost of the financing seems like a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

logical price tag to put on it



164

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Companies raise money from two main sources: equity and debt. Thus the

capital structure of a firm comprises three main components: preferred equity,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


common equity and debt (typically bonds and notes). The WACC takes into

account the relative weights of each component of the capital structure and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

presents the expected cost of new capital for a firm



The formula

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The weighted average cost of capital is defined by

C = (E/K) y + (D/K) b (1 ? Xc)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Where,

K = D + E

The following table defines each symbol

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Symbol

Meaning

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Units

C

weighted average cost of capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


%

Y

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

required or expected rate of return on equity, or %

cost of equity

B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


required or expected rate of return on borrowings, %

or cost of debt

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Xc

corporate tax rate

%

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


D

total debt and leases

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

currency

E

total equity and equity equivalents

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


currency

K

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

total capital invested in the going concern

currency


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


This equation describes only the situation with homogeneous equity and

debt. If part of the capital consists, for example, of preferred stock (with

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



165

different cost of equity y), then the formula would include an additional term for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


each additional source of capital

How it works

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Since we are measuring expected cost of new capital, we should use the

market values of the components, rather than their book values (which can be

significantly different). In addition, other, more "exotic" sources of financing,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


such as convertible/callable bonds, convertible preferred stock, etc., would

normally be included in the formula if they exist in any significant amounts -

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

since the cost of those financing methods is usually different from the plain

vanilla bonds and equity due to their extra features

Sources of information

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


How do we find out the values of the components in the formula for

WACC? First let us note that the "weight" of a source of financing is simply the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

market value of that piece divided by the sum of the values of all the pieces. For

example, the weight of common equity in the above formula would be

determined as follows

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Market value of common equity / (Market value of common equity + Market

value of debt + Market value of preferred equity)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

So, let us proceed in finding the market values of each source of

financing (namely the debt, preferred stock, and common stock)

The market value for equity for a publicly traded company is simply the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


price per share multiplied by the number of shares outstanding, and tends to be

the easiest component to find

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The market value of the debt is easily found if the company has publicly

traded bonds. Frequently, companies also have a significant amount of bank

loans, whose market value is not easily found. However, since the market value

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of debt tends to be pretty close to the book value (for companies that have not



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

166
experienced significant changes in credit rating, at least), the book value of debt

is usually used in the WACC formula

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The market value of preferred stock is again usually easily found on the

market, and determined by multiplying the cost per share by number of shares

outstanding

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Now, let us take care of the costs

Preferred equity is equivalent to perpetuity, where the holder is entitled

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

to fixed payments forever. Thus the cost is determined by dividing the periodic

payment by the price of the preferred stock, in percentage terms

The cost of common equity is usually determined using the capital asset

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


pricing model

The cost of debt is the yield to maturity on the publicly traded bonds of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the company. Failing availability of that, the rates of interest charged by the

banks on recent loans to the company would also serve as a good cost of debt.

Since a corporation normally can write off taxes on the interest it pays on the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


debt, however, the cost of debt is further reduced by the tax rate that the

corporation is subject to. Thus, the cost of debt for a company becomes (YTM

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

on bonds or interest on loans) ? (1 - tax rate). In fact, the tax deduction is

usually kept in the formula for WACC, rather than being rolled up into cost of

debt, as such

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


WACC = weight of preferred equity ? cost of preferred equity

+ weight of common equity ? cost of common equity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

+ weight of debt ? cost of debt ? (1 - tax rate)

Net operating income approach

Net Operating Income or NOI is equal to yearly gross income less operating

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


expenses. Gross income includes all income earned by the company. Operating

expenses are costs incurred during the operation and maintenance of the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



167

company. Net operating income or NOI is used in two very important ratios. It

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


is an essential ingredient in the Capitalization Rate (Cap Rate) calculation. We

would estimate the value of company like this

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Estimated Value = Net Operating Income / Capitalization Rate

Another important ratio that is used is the Debt Coverage Ratio or DCR. The

NOI is a key ingredient in this important ratio also. Lenders and investors use

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the debt coverage ratio to measure a company's ability to pay it's operating

expenses. A debt coverage ratio of 1 is breakeven. From a bank's perspective

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and an investor's perspective, the larger the debt coverage ratio more the

better. Debt coverage ratio is calculated like this

Debt Coverage Ratio = Net Operating Income / Debt Service

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Debt service is the total of all interest and principal paid in a given year. The Net

Operating Income is an important ingredient in several ratios which include the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Capitalization Rate, Net Income Multiplier and the Debt Service Coverage

Ratio

According to net operating income approach in the capital structure, the overall

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


capitalization rate and the cost of debt remain constant for all degrees of

financial leverage.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

As we have seen under net income approach the average cost of capital is

measured as under


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Ra = Rd [D / (D+E)] + Re [E / (D+E)]



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Ra and Rd are constant for all degrees of leverage. Given this, the cost of equity

can be ascertained as under:


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Re [E / (D+E)] = Ra - Rd [D / (D+E)]



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

168


Re[E / (D+E)][(D+E) / E)]=Ra [(D+E) / E)]-Rd[D / (D+E)] [(D+E)/ E)]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Re = Ra + (D/E) (Ra - Rd)

The critical assumption of this approach is that the market capitalises the

company as a whole at a discount rate which is independent of the company's

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


debt-equity ratio. As a result, the division between debt and equity is considered

irrelevant. Any increase in the use of debt capital which is cheaper is offset by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

an increase in the equity capitalization rate. This is obvious because the equity

investors seek higher return as they are exposed to greater risk which in turn

arises from the increase in the financial leverage.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


This net operating income approach has been propounded by David

Durand. He concluded that the market value of a company depends on its net

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

operating income and business risk.

The changes in the degree of leverage employed by a company cannot

change these underlying factors. They merely change the distribution of income

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


and risk between debt capital and equity capital without affecting the total

income and risk which influence the market value of the company.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Traditional approach

The traditional view has emerged as a compromise to the extreme positions

taken by the net income approach.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


According to this approach a judicious mix of debt capital and equity

capital can increase the value of the firm by reducing the weighted average cost

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of capital up to a certain level of debt

Thus, the traditional approach proposes that

- the cost of debt capita remains more or less constant up to a certain level

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


of leverage but thereafter rises very sharply at an increasing rate



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



169

- The cost of equity capital remains more or less constant or rises only

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


gradually up to a certain degree of leverage and rises very sharply

thereafter

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

- The average cost of capital, as a result of the above behaviour of cost of

debt and cost of equity decreases up to a certain point, remains more or

less unchanged for moderate increases in leverage thereafter and rises

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


beyond a certain point

This traditional approach is not very clearly or sharply defined as the net

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

income or net operating income approaches.

The main proposition of the traditional approach is that the cost of capital is

dependent on the capital structure and there is an optimal capital structure which

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


minimizes the cost of capital. At this optimal capital structure point the real

marginal cost of debt and cost of equity will be the same. Before this optimal

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

point, the real marginal cost of debt is less than the real marginal cost of equity

and beyond the optimal point the real marginal cost of debt is more than the real

marginal cost of equity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The traditional approach implies that investors value leveraged

companies more than the un levered companies. This implies that they are

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

prepared to pay a premium for the shares of such levered companies.

The contention of the traditional approach that any addition of debt in

sound companies does not really increase the riskiness of the business and the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


shares of the company is not defendable.

Therefore there is no sufficient justification for the assumption that the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

investors' perception about risk of leverage will vary at different levels of

leverage.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


170
However the existence of an optimum capital structure can be justified and

supported on two counts: tax deductibility of interest payments on debt capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and other market imperfections



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Modigliani and Miller's proposition



Modigliani-Miller theorem (of Franco Modigliani, Merton Miller) forms the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


basis for modern thinking on capital structure. The basic theorem states that, in

the absence of taxes, bankruptcy costs, and asymmetric information, and in an

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

efficient market, the value of a firm is unaffected by how that firm is financed. It

does not matter if the firm's capital is raised by issuing stock or selling debt. It

does not matter what the firm's dividend policy is. The theorem is made up of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


two propositions which can also be extended to a situation with taxes

Propositions Modigliani-Miller theorem (1958) (without taxes)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Consider two firms which are identical except for their financial structures. The

first (Firm U) is unleveraged: that is, it is financed by equity only. The other

(Firm L) is leveraged: it is financed partly by equity, and partly by debt. The

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Modigliani-Miller theorem states that the value the two firms is the same

Proposition I

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



where VU is the value of an unlevered firm = price of buying all the firm's

equity, and VL is the value of a levered firm = price of buying all the firm's

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


equity, plus all its debt

To see why this should be true, suppose a capitalist is considering buying

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

one of the two firms U or L. Instead of purchasing the shares of the leveraged

firm L, he could purchase the shares of firm U and borrow the same amount of

money B that firm L does. The eventual returns to either of these investments

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




171

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

would be the same. Therefore the price of L must be the same as the price of U

minus the money borrowed B, which is the value of L's debt

This discussion also clarifies the role of some of the theorem's

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


assumptions. We have implicitly assumed that the capitalist's cost of borrowing

money is the same as that of the firm, which need not be true under asymmetric

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

information or in the absence of efficient markets



Proposition II

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



rS is the cost of equity

r0 is the cost of capital for an all equity firm

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


rB is the cost of debt

B / S is the debt-to-equity ratio

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This proposition states that the cost of equity is a linear function of the

firm?s debt to equity ratio. A higher debt-to-equity ratio leads to a higher

required return on equity, because of the higher risk involved for equity-holders

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


in a companies with debt. The formula is derived from the theory of weighted

average cost of capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

These propositions are true assuming

-no taxes exist

-no transaction costs exist

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


-individuals and corporations borrow at the same rates



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



172
These results might seem irrelevant (after all, none of the conditions are

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

met in the real world), but the theorem is still taught and studied because it tells

us something very important. That is, if capital structure matters, it is precisely

because one or more of the assumptions is violated. It tells us where to look for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


determinants of optimal capital structure and how those factors might affect

optimal capital structure

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Propositions Modigliani-Miller theorem (1963) (with taxes)

Proposition I:


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

VL is the value of a levered firm

VU is the value of an unlevered firm

TCB is the tax rate(T_C) x the value of debt (B)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


This means that there are advantages for firms to be levered, since

corporations can deduct interest payments. Therefore leverage lowers tax

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

payments. Dividend payments are non-deductible

Proposition II:


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




rS is the cost of equity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

r0 is the cost of capital for an all equity firm

rB is the cost of debt

B / S is the debt-to-equity ratio

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Tc is the tax rate



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



173

The same relationship as earlier described stating that the cost of equity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


rises with leverage, because the risk to equity rises, still holds. The formula

however has implications for the difference with the WACC

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Assumptions made in the propositions with taxes are

-Corporations are taxed at the rate T_C, on earnings after interest

-No transaction cost exist

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


-Individuals and corporations borrow at the same rate

Miller and Modigliani published a number of follow-up papers

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

discussing some of these issues. The theorem first appeared in: F. Modigliani

and M. Miller, "The Cost of Capital, Corporation Finance and the Theory of

Investment," American Economic Review (June 1958)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Assumptions of Modigliani and Miller's proposition

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Perfect capital market

Information is freely available and there is no problem of asymmetric

information; transactions are costless; there are no bankruptcy costs; securities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


are infinitely divisible

Rational investors and managers

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Investors rationally choose a combination of risk and return that is most

advantageous to them. Managers act in the interest of the shareholders

Homogenous expectations

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Investors hold uniform or identical expectations about future operating earnings

Equivalent risk classes

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Companies can be easily classified and grouped into equivalent risk classes on

the basis of their business risk


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

174
Absence of tax

It is assumed there is no tax levied by the respective governments on the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

companies and also in future there wont be any such tax levies on the companies

Criticisms of Modigliani and Miller's proposition

The financial leverage irrelevance proposition of Modigliani and Miller is valid

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


only if perfect market assumptions underlying their analysis are fulfilled and

satisfied. In the real world, however, such assumptions are not present and the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

markets are characterized by various imperfections

- Companies are liable to pay taxes on their income. (corporate taxes)

- In some countries investors who receive returns from their investments

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


in companies (by way of dividend income) are subject to taxes at a

personal level (personal income tax) (In India, such dividends were

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

earlier taxed in the hands of the investors but now removed from the

scope of personal income tax. However, the companies which declare

dividends are required to pay dividend tax on such dividend distribution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


in addition to corporate tax)

- Agency costs exist because of the conflict of interest between managers

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and shareholders and between shareholders and creditors

- Managers seem to have a preference for certain sequence of financing

- Informational asymmetry exists because managers are better informed

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


than the investors at all times

- Personal leverage and corporate leverage are not in the same platform

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and there fore they are not perfect substitutes




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

175

Taxes and capital structure

The tax provisions provide for deduction of interest paid on debt and therefore

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the debt capital can increase the company's after tax free cash flows. Therefore

this interest shield increases the value of the company.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

This tax advantage of debt implies that companies will employ more

debt to reduce tax liabilities and increase value. In practice this is not always

true as is evidenced from many empirical studies.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Companies also have non debt tax shields like depreciation, carry

forward losses, etc. This implies that companies that have larger non debt tax

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

shields would employ low debt as they may not have sufficient taxable profit to

have the benefit of interest deductibility.

However, there is a link between non debt tax shields and the debt tax

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


shields because companies with higher depreciation would tend to have higher

fixed assets, which serve as collateral against debt.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Let us examine this with an example

Let us consider two companies each having operating income of Rs.100,000 and

which are similar in all respects. However the degree of leverage employed by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


them differs. Company A employs no debt capital whereas Company B has

Rs.400,000 in debt capital on which it pays 12 per cent interest.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The corporate tax rate applicable to both the companies is 30%. The

income to the share holders of these two companies is shown in the table below


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Company A

Company B

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Operating income

Rs.100,000

Rs.100,000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Interest on debt

--

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.48,000

Profit before tax

Rs.100,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.52,000

Taxes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.30,000

Rs.15,600


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


176
Profit after tax (income available to

Rs.70,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.36,400

shareholders)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Combined income of debt holders and

Rs.70,000

Rs.84,400

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


shareholders



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus it is clear that combined income of debt holders and shareholders of the

leveraged firm is higher than that of the un levered firm

This can be explained by the tax shield available to the levered firm ? it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


is equal to the interest on debt capital multiplied by the applicable tax rate. In

this case, it is Rs.48,000 X 30% = Rs.14,400. Only this tax shield amount is the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

reason for the difference in the combined income of debt holders and

shareholders of the companies A and B

Hence one may arrive at

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- Interest is tax deductible and, therefore, creates an interest tax subsidy.

- The greater the firm's marginal tax rate the greater the value of the interest

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

tax shield.

- The value of the interest tax subsidy depends on the firm's ability to

generate taxable income.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


- The more a firm borrows the less the expected realized value of the interest

tax shield.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

- Given that there are other ways to shield income from taxes, the greater

these alternative tax reducing opportunities the lower the value of the

interest tax shield.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


- Equity investors have a tax advantage relative to debt investors, which

offset the tax advantage of debt at the corporate level.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



177

- Hence there is a moderate tax advantage to debt if you can use the tax

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


shields.

However, taxes cannot be the only factor because we do not see companies with

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

100% debt.

Capital structure determinants in practice

The capital structure determinants in practice may involve considerations in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


addition to the concerns about earning per share, value of the company and cash

and funds flow.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

A company may have enough debt servicing ability but it may not have

assets to offer as collateral.

Management of companies may not willing to lose their grip over the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


control and hence they not be taking up debt capital even if they are in their best

interest.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Some of the very important considerations are briefly covered below

Growth potential

Companies with growth opportunities may probably find debt financing very

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


expensive in terms of interest to be paid and this may arise due to non

availability of adequate unencumbered collateral securities. This may result in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

losing the investment opportunities.

High growth companies may prefer to take debts with lower maturities to

keep interest rates down and to retain the financial flexibility since their

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


performance can change unexpectedly at any point of time. They would also

prefer unsecured debt to have flexibility.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Strong and mature companies have tangible assets and stable profits.

Thus they may have low costs of financial distress. These companies would

therefore raise debts with longer maturities as the interest rates will not be high

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


for them and they have a lesser need of financial flexibility since their



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

178
performance is not expected to be altered suddenly. They would also be availing

the interest tax shields which in turn will enhance the value of the companies.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Assets

The assets and the form of assets held by the companies are very important

determinants of their capital structure.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Tangible unencumbered fixed assets serve as a collateral security to debt.

In the event of any unforeseen financial distress, the creditors can have recourse

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

to these assets and they may be able to recover their debt by foreclosing such

assets.

Companies with large tangible assets will have very less financial

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


distress and costs and they will be preferred by the creditors.

Companies with intangible assets will not have any such advantages

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Non debt and debt tax shields

The tax provisions provide for deduction of interest paid on debt and therefore

the debt capital can increase the company's after tax free cash flows. Therefore

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


this interest shield increases the value of the company.

This tax advantage of debt implies that companies will employ more

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

debt to reduce tax liabilities and increase value. In practice this is not always

true as is evidenced from many empirical studies.

Companies also have non debt tax shields like depreciation, carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


forward losses, etc. This implies that companies that have larger non debt tax

shields would employ low debt as they may not have sufficient taxable profit to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

have the benefit of interest deductibility.

However, there is a link between non debt tax shields and the debt tax

shields because companies with higher depreciation would tend to have higher

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


fixed assets, which serve as collateral against debt



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



179

Financial flexibility

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Companies will normally have a low level of threat or insolvency perception

even though their cash and funds flows are comfortable. Despite this, the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

companies may exercise conservative approach in their financial leverages since

the future is very much uncertain and it may be difficult to consider all possible

scenarios of adversity. It is therefore prudent for the companies to maintain

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


financial flexibility as this will enable the companies to adjust to any change in

the future events.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Loan agreements

The creditors providing the debt capital would insist for restrictive covenants in

the long term loan agreements to protect their interest. Such covenants may

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


include distribution of dividends, new additional external finances (other than

equity issue) for existing or new projects, maintain working capital requirements

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

at a particular level. These covenants may therefore restrict the companies'

investment, financing and dividend policies. Violation of these covenants can

lead to serious adverse consequences. To overcome these restrictive covenants,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the companies may ask for and provide for early repayment provisions even

with prepayment penalty provisions in the loan agreements.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Control

In designing a suitable capital structure, the management of the companies may

decide and desire to continue control over the companies and this is true

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


particularly in the case of first generation entrepreneurs. The existing

management team not only wants control and ownership but also to manage the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

company without any outside interference. Widely held and closely held

companies may opt to pursue appropriate strategies to hold back their existing

management controls.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

180
Issue costs

Issue or floatation costs are incurred when a company decides to raise debt

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

capital in the market. These debt issue costs are normally expected to be lower

than equity issue costs. This alone will encourage the companies to pursue debt

capital. Retained earnings do not involve issue costs. The source of debt also

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


influences the issue costs. Regulations like stamp duty on commercial paper or

certificate of deposits may also jack up the issue cost for the companies.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Thus companies will prefer to go after debt capital for the following reasons

- tax deductibility of interest (availability of tax shield)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- higher return to shareholders due to gearing

- complicated, time consuming procedure for raising equity capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

- no dilution of ownership and control

- equity results in permanent commitment than debt


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Some frequently asked questions

1. How do firms raise capital for their investments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sources of Capital:

Internal ? retained earnings

External - Debt (short-term vs. long-term), Equity and Hybrids (preferred stock,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


convertible bonds, etc.)

2.Which source of capital (internal or external) is used more? Why?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

External ? if the company can leverage well. This will work out well if the

current interest rate on external debt is less than the current dividend pay out

percentage and if there is continued opportunity available to the company to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


make more money with this external debt



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

181



Internal ? if the company can convince the shareholders to retain the earnings

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


instead of distributing as dividends and if there is plenty of opportunity available

for using such internal funds for profitable deployment. Virtually these retained

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

earnings would be available to the company at nil cost.

3.Which source of external capital (debt or equity) is used more? Why?

Almost all the companies use both the forms of external capital ? debt and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


equity. The equity is available at nil cost. If the company can leverage well, it

can raise debt capital as well and if such debt carries lower interest rate when

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

compared with the percentage earnings.

4. Are there any trends in corporate financing?

Capital structure in practice ? debt capital and equity capital ? is an evolving

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


subject. Many of the successful companies have one form of financing pattern ?

either wholly using internal funds, or external equity. In case debt capital is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

sought for, the creditors would insist on adequate margin from the company

itself by way of shareholder funds. Thus, depending upon the evolving situation,

the modern companies meet their financing requirements either through retained

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


earnings, or equity capital and if debt capital is sought for, with required equity

capital arrangements.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. If a firm issues new debt, what will happen to the firm's stock price? And if a

firm issues new equity, what will happen to the firm's stock price?

Depends on what the firm will do with the money! Brealey & Myers' Fourth

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Law "You can make a lot more money by smart investment decisions than smart

financing decisions." Brous' Sixth Law "Good investments are good and bad

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

investments are bad, no matter how they are financed".




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


182
When attempting to understand how capital structure changes affect firm value,

it is useful to examine pure capital structure changes. For example, Debt for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Equity swaps (leverage increasing) or Equity for Debt swaps (leverage

decreasing).

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

6. If a firm issues debt to repurchase equity, what will happen to the firm's stock

price?

If such debt is available at a comparatively lower cost and below the current

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


level of percentage earnings, then such use of debt capital to repurchase issued

equity in the market place, the share price should go up. Of course, the investors

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

should continue to have the outlook that the company's future earning potential

is not affected by such repurchase equity options.

This can also be approached through traditional performance measures by

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


answering the following questions -

- What will happen to the company's Profitability?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

- EPS and ROE?

- Profit Margin or ROA?

- Operating Margin or OROA?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- What will happen to the firm's ability to manage assets?

- What will happen to the firm' ability to manage liabilities or

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

shareholders' exposure to risk?

Value based measures of performance are also used to ascertain what will

happen to the share prices

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- What will happen to the firm's EVA?

- What will happen to the firm's WACC?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

- What will happen to the firm's free cash flow?

- What will happen to the firm's value based on the DCF model?


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


183

7. Does debt policy matter?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The valuation effect of changes in leverage is not obvious

We can't say that increases in debt will lead to increases in value, anymore than

we can say that decreases in debt lead to decreases in value.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Since we observe firms having varying capital structures across industries but

consistent capital structures within industries, then it appears debt does matter.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Debt exaggerates performance, good performance looks better but bad

performance could become deadly.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To sum up.....

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

- The capital structure of a company reflects the debt capital ? equity

capital mix of the company

- All capital structure decisions of a company are very important from the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


point of view of shareholders' return and risk and hence the market value

of the company

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

- Financial leverage in broader terms represents the use of external debt

capital along with equity capital in the capital structure of a company

- Increasing the shareholders' return is the main reason for using financial

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


leverage in capital structure of a company

- A company determines the financial advantages of financial leverage by

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

calculating its impact on EPS or ROE

- If the company's overall profitability is more than current market interest

rates, then EPS will increase with debt.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- With increasing EBIT, EPS increases faster with more debt

- The degree of financial leverage is the percentage change in EPS

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

occurring due to a given percentage change in EBIT



184

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



- The degree of operational leverage is the percentage change in EBIT

occurring due to a given percentage change in sales

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- Financial leverage is a double edged weapon ? it increases shareholders'

return and on the other, it also increases the shareholders' risk

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

- Net income approach, net operating income approach, traditional

approach and Modigliani ? Miller approach are different approaches to

the relationship between capital structure and company value

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


- According to the net income approach, the cost of debt capital and the

cost of equity capital remain unchanged when the leverage ratio varies.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

As a result, the average cost of capital declines as the leverage ratio

increases. This happens because when the leverage ratio increases, the

cost of debt, which is lower than the cost of equity, receives a higher

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


weightage in the average cost of capital calculation

- According to net operating income approach, the overall capitalization

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

rate remains constant for all levels of financial leverage, the cost of debt

remains constant for all levels of financial leverage and the cost of equity

increases linearly with financial leverage

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


- The main propositions of traditional approach are ? the cost of debt

remains more or less constant up to a certain degree of leverage but rises

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

thereafter at an increasing rate ? the cost of equity capital remains more

or less constant or rises only gradually upto a certain degree of leverage

and rises sharply thereafter ? the average cost of capital, as a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


consequence of above behaviour of the cost of debt and cost of equity

decreases upto a certain point, remains more or less unchanged for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



185

moderate increases in leverage thereafter and rises beyond that at an

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


increasing rate

- According Modigliani ? Miller, a company's market value is not affected

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

by its capital structure

Key words

Capital gearing

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Capital structure

Combined leverage

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Cost of debt

Cost of equity

Coverage ratio

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Financial leverage

Financial risk

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Information asymmetry

Interest tax shield

Net income approach

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Net operating income approach

Operating leverage

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Optimum cash structure

Risk return trade off

Weighted average cost of capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Terminal questions

1. What do you understand by business risk and financial risk? What factors

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

influence business risk?

2. A company should finance proactively and not reactively. Do you agree?


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




186
3. The more debt the firm issues, the higher the interest rate it must pay. That is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


one important reason why companies should operate at conservative debt levels.

Critically evaluate this statement

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. It has been suggested that one disadvantage of common stock financing is that

share prices tend to decline in recessions and bear market conditions, thereby

increasing the cost of capital and deterring investment. Discuss this view. Is it an

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


argument for greater use of debt financing?

5. Compute the value of interest tax shields generated by these three debt issues.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Consider corporate taxes only. The marginal tax rate is 30%

a. Rs.100,000 one year loan at 10 per cent per annum

b. A five year loan of Rs.500,000 at 12 per cent per annum. It is assumed

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


that the entire loan amount is repaid only at maturity

6. To study the relationship between capital structure and company value, what

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are the assumptions normally made

7. What is the relationship between leverage and cost of capital as per the net

income approach?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


8. Discuss the relationship between leverage and cost of capital as per the net

operating income approach

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the important propositions of the traditional approach?

10. Define and discuss Modigliani ? Miller proposition I and proposition II

11. Comment on capital structure policies in practice

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


12. Elucidate the control implications of alternative financing plans



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

187

UNIT IV - DIVIDENT POLICIES


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

LESSON OUTLINE

What is dividend?
How do we define dividends?
Factors which influence dividend decisions

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

What is the form in which dividends are paid?
Dividend policies
Issues in dividend policy
Some important dates in dividend payments
Some Frequently Asked Questions

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The Residual Theory of Dividends
Dividend Irrelevance
Signaling Hypothesis
Dividend Relevance:
Walter's Model

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Gordon's model
Implications for Corporate Policy

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

After reading this lesson you should be able to


- Enlighten the objectives of dividend policy and understand, appreciate

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and highlight the relevance of the various issues in the dividend policy

- Recognise and understand the factors that influence the dividend policy
- Critically, significantly and decisively evaluate and get convinced as to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

why dividend policy matters

- Discuss the various background and conditions for paying current

dividends

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- Elucidate and explain the logic of irrelevance of dividends
- Identify and make out the market imperfections that make dividend

policy relevant

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- Focus and discuss the importance of stability of dividend policy,

significance and repercussion of bonus shares, stock splits and share
buybacks

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- Explain the corporate behaviour of dividends



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



188
INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Dividend policy and decision are critical and crucial areas of management.

Dividends are earnings which are distributed to the shareholders. The percentage

of earnings paid or dividends declared is called payout ratio.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


A high pay out means more dividends and this will lead to less funds

internally generated and available for expansion and growth. A low pay out

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

therefore should result in higher growth as retained earnings are significant

internal sources of financing the growth of the firm.

Such dividend policies affect the market value of the firm. Whether such

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


dividend will result in increased value or not will be directly dependent on the

profitable investment opportunities available and exploited by the firm.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

On the other hand, there is a predominant view that dividends are bad as

they lead to the payment of higher taxes and they reduce the shareholders'

wealth. Dividends when declared are taxed by the governments. Despite this

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


there is a strong investor expectation that dividends are a form of rewards to

them.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Given these different perceptions, what is the ideal position in the

dividend declarations? How do companies construct their dividend policies?

What are the factors reckoned in constructing such policies?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The following detailed discussion will aim at providing valuable inputs

in arriving at the right answer.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Dividend

I. What is dividend?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

A dividend is a bonus, an extra, a payment, a share or a surplus or periodical

return on any original investments. Suppose we have invested in a company


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


189

Rs.100,000 as a share holder and the company declares a return of say

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.10,000 on this investment in a particular year, then the return is called the

dividend on the investment made and the dividend pay out is 10%.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

II. How do we define dividends?

Thus dividend is the distribution of value to shareholders, normally out of the

profits made by the firm in a particular year. Of course, unlike interest payable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


on a deposit or a loan which is compulsory payment, dividend is not a

compulsory yearly payment. Only if the company makes a profit decides to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

distribute such profits, declare dividends, the share holders will get a return.


III. Factors which influence dividend decisions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Legal constraints:

Normally all countries prohibit companies from paying out as cash dividends

any portion of the firm's legal capital, which is measured by the par value of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


equity shares (common stock) Other countries define legal capital to include not

only the par value of the equity shares (common stock), but also premium paid if

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

any (any-paid in ? capital in excess of par).


These capital impairment restrictions are generally established to provide a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

sufficient equity base to protect creditor's claims.

We shall examine an example to clarify the differing definitions of capital:

Company XYZ Limited's financial highlights as revealed from its latest balance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


sheet are as follows:


Equity share at par 1,00,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Premium paid over par value (Paid-in capital in excess of par) 2,00,000



190

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Retained earnings 1,40,000

Total shareholders equity 4,40,000

In states where the firm's legal capital is defined as the par value of the equity

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


share, the firm could pay out Rs 3,40,000 (2,00,000+1,40,000) in cash dividends

with out impairing its capital. In other states where the firm's legal capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

includes premium paid if any (all paid-in capital), the firm could pay out only

1,40,000 in cash dividends.

An earnings requirement limiting the amount of dividends to the sum of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


the firm's present and past earnings is sometimes imposed. In other words the

firm cannot pay more in cash dividends than the sum of its most recent and past-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

retained earnings. However, the firm is not prohibited from paying more in

dividends than its current earnings.

Thus dividends can be paid only out of the profits earned during a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


financial year after providing for depreciation and after transferring to reserves

such percentage of profits as prescribed by law.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Due to inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, dividend may be

paid out of the accumulated profits of the previous years.

Dividends cannot be declared for past years for which the accounts have

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


been closed.

2. Contractual constraints:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Often, the firm's ability to pay cash dividends is constrained by restrictive

provisions in a loan agreement. Generally, these constraints prohibit the

payment of cash dividends until a certain level of earnings have been achieved,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


or they may limit dividends to a certain amount or a percentage of earnings.

Constraints on dividends help to protect creditors from losses due to the firm's

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



191

insolvency. The violation of a contractual constraint is generally grounds for a

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


demand of immediate payment by the funds supplier.


3. Internal constraints:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The firm's ability to pay cash dividends is generally constrained by the amount

of excess cash available rather than the level of retained earnings against which

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

to charge them. Although it is possible for a firm to borrow funds to pay

dividends, lenders are generally reluctant to make such loans because they

produce no tangible or operating benefits that will help the firm repay the loan.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Although the firm may have high earnings, its ability to pay dividends may be

constrained by a low level of liquid assets. (Cash and marketable securities)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



We will take the previous example to explain this point. In our example,

the firm can pay Rs.1,40,000 in dividends. Suppose that the firm has total liquid

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


assets of Rs.50,000 (Rs.20,000 cash +marketable securities worth Rs.30,000)

and Rs.35,000 of this is needed for operations, the maximum cash dividend the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

firm can pay is 15,000 (Rs.50,000 ? Rs.35,000)


4. Growth prospects:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The firm's financial requirements are directly related to the anticipated degree of

asset expansion. If the firm is in a growth stage, it may need all its funds to

finance capital expenditures. Firms exhibiting little or no growth may never

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


need replace or renew assets. A growth firm is likely to have to depend heavily

on internal financing through retained earnings instead of distributing current

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

income as dividends




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




192
5. Owner considerations:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


In establishing a dividend policy, the firm's primary concern normally would be

to maximise shareholder's wealth. One such consideration is then tax status of a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

firm's owners. Suppose that if a firm has a large percentage of wealthy

shareholders who are in a high tax bracket, it may decide to pay out a lower

percentage of its earnings to allow the owners to delay the payments of taxes

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


until they sell the stock.

Of course, when the equity share is sold, the proceeds are in excess of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the original purchase price, the capital gain will be taxed, possible at a more

favorable rate than the one applied to ordinary income. Lower-income

shareholders, however who need dividend income will prefer a higher payout of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


earnings.

As of now, the dividend income is not taxed in the hands of the share

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

holders in India. Instead, for paying out such dividends to its share holders, the

company bears the dividend distribution tax.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

6. Market Considerations:

The risk-return concept also applies to the firm's dividend policy. A firm where

the dividends fluctuate from period to period will be viewed as risky, and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


investors will require a high rate of return, which will increase the firm's cost of

capital. So, the firm's dividend policy also depends on the market's probable

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

response to certain types of policies. Shareholders are believed to value a fixed

or increasing level of dividends as opposed to a fluctuating pattern of dividends.

In other words, the market consideration is a kind of information content

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of the dividends. It's a kind of signal for the firm to decide its final policy. A

stable and continuous dividend is a positive signal that conveys to the owners

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



193

that the firm is in good in health. On the other side, if the firm skips in paying

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


dividend due to any reason, the shareholders are likely to interpret this as a

negative signal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Taxation

The firm's earnings are taxable in many countries. This taxation is applied

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

differently in different countries. One can group these different taxation

practices as under:


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Single taxation

The firm's earnings are taxed only once at the corporate level. Share holders

whether they are individuals or other firms do not pay taxes on the dividend

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


income. They are exempt from tax. However the shareholders both individuals

and other firms are liable for capital gains tax. India currently follows this single

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

taxation. Under this, the firms in India pay 35% tax on their earnings and they

will have to pay additional tax at 12.5% on the after tax profits distributed as

dividends to the shareholders. The experience shows that after the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


implementation of this single taxation, Indian firms have started sharing a

sizeable portion of their earnings with their shareholders as dividends

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Double taxation

Under this, the shareholders' earnings are taxed two times: first the firms' profit

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

earnings are taxed as corporate tax and then the shareholders' dividend earnings

out of the after tax profits are taxed as dividend tax.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


194
Split rate taxation

Under this, the firm's profits are divided into retained earnings and dividends for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the purpose of taxation. A higher tax rate is applied to retained earnings and a

lower one to earnings distributed as dividends. As share holders pay tax on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

dividends and tax on capital gains, this lower tax rate can be justified. But for a

lower tax rate on the dividend income, the system works on the same lines as

that of double taxation.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Imputation taxation

The advantage of this system is that the shareholders are not subjected to double

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


taxation. A firm pays corporate tax on its earnings. Shareholders pay personal

taxes on their dividends but they will get full or partial tax credit for the tax paid

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

by the firm on its original earnings. In countries like Australia, the shareholders

will get full tax relief or tax credit while in Canada, only partial relief is

provided.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



IV. What is the form in which dividends are paid?

1.Cash dividend:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Regular cash dividend ? cash payments made directly to shareholders, usually

every year. If more than one dividend payment is made during a year, it will be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

normally referred to as interim dividends. The total dividend therefore would be

the sum of such interim dividends and final dividend if any.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Extra cash dividend ? indication that the "extra" amount may not be repeated

in the future. For example, the firm may earn a bumper profit in a particular year


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


195

and the firm may decide to declare extra cash dividend over and above the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

normal dividends.


3. Special cash dividend ? similar to extra dividend, but definitely won't be

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

repeated. Some companies have declared such special dividends on the occasion

of their silver or golden jubilee.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Liquidating dividend ? some or all of the business has been sold. This will be

a payout in lieu of the original investment made by the shareholders in case the

firm is voluntarily decides to close its operation or if it is compelled by

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


stakeholders other than equity shareholders. Such liquidating dividend may be

paid in one lump sum or in stages, depending on the recovery of the free assets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of the firm in stages.


2.Share Dividends:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Instead of declaring cash dividends, the firm may decide to issue additional

shares of stock free of payment to the shareholders. In this, the firm's number of

outstanding shares would be increasing. In the case of cash dividends, the firm

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


may not be able to recycle such earnings in its business. However, in the case of

these stock dividends, such earnings are retained in the business. By this, the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

shareholders can expect to get increased earnings in the future years. This stock

dividend is popularly known as bonus issue of shares in India. If such bonus

issues are in the range or ratio up to 1:5 (a maximum of 20%), i.e. one share for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


every five shares held, it is treated as small stock dividend. In case the stock

dividend exceeds 20%, then it is called large stock dividend.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Let us examine this with an example



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


196
If a firm declares 1:10 (10%) bonus, i.e. one share for every ten shares held,

If the initial balance sheet was

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Common stock (100,000 shares) 1000,000
Retained Earnings 800,000
Total Equity 1,800,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

After the bonus issue, the new balance sheet would be

Common stock (110,000 shares) 1100,000
Retained Earnings 700,000
Total Equity 1,800,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Advantages of share dividends

For the shareholders

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

For the firms

Tax benefit

Conservation of cash

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Possibility for higher future earnings

Means to pay dividends in times of
financial and contractual restrictions

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Increase in future dividends

More attractive market price

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Psychological impact

Investor friendly management image


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Following are some of the facts in the share dividends (bonus shares or issues)


- shareholders' funds remain unaffected (prior to the bonus issue, the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

earnings were in the reserves and surplus account and after the bonus
issue, the face value of the bonus shares issued is transferred from the
reserves and surplus account to share issued account ? virtually no
change in the shareholders funds)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


- it is costly (the firm has to make certain statutory payments like stamp

duty, exchange fees, etc on the bonus share issued and naturally they will
have to be paid out of the earnings of the firm only)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



3. Stock split

From shareholders' perspective, a stock split has the same effect as a stock

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


dividend. From the firm's perspective, the change in the balance sheet will be



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

197

different. A three-for-two stock split, for example, corresponds to a 50% stock

dividend. A 10% stock dividend is then equivalent to a eleven-for-ten stock

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


split.


If the initial balance sheet was

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Common stock (100,000 shares) 1000,000
Retained Earnings 800,000
Total Equity 1,800,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

With an 11-for-10 stock split, the new balance sheet would be

Common stock (110,000 shares) 1000,000
Retained Earnings 800,000
Total Equity 1,800,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Share dividend Vs Share split

Share dividend

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Share split

The balance in paid up capital and The balance in paid up capital and
share premium accounts go up.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

share premium accounts does not
change

The balance in reserves and surplus The balance in reserves and surplus
account decreases due to transfer to the account does not under go any change.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

paid up capital and share premium
account1111
The par value per share remains The par value per share changes ? it
unaffected

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

goes down.


However, in both cases ? share dividend and share split ? the total value of the
shareholders' funds remains unaffected.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Share repurchase

Share repurchase is also otherwise known as repurchase of its own shares by a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

firm. Only recently the share repurchase by firms in India was permitted under



198

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Section 77 of the Indian Companies Act. The following conditions are to be

adhered by Indian firms in case they decide to pursue share repurchase option


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


- a firm buying back its own shares will not issue fresh capital, except

bonus issue, for the next one year

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- the firm will state the amount to be used for the buyback of shares and

seek prior approval of the shareholders

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



- the buyback of the shares can be effected only by utilizing the free

reserves, i.e. reserves not specifically earmarked for some other purpose

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

or provision



- the firm will not borrow funds to buyback shares

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




- the shares bought under the buyback schemes will have to be

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

extinguished and they cannot be reissued


Rationale

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

There are several justifications for share repurchase.

Efficient allocation of resources

A repurchase often represents a worth while investment proposition for the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


company. When companies purchase their own stock, they often find it easy to

acquire more value than the value invested for the purchase. Stock repurchase

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

can check extravagant managerial tendencies. Companies having surplus cash

may expand or diversity uneconomically. Prudent managements recognize and

check their tendencies to waste cash. Stock markets appreciate these repurchase

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


decisions with an increase in the share prices. Through such repurchases, the

management can demonstrate its commitment to enhance shareholder value.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

199

Price stability

Share prices tend to fluctuate a great deal in response to changing market

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


conditions and periodic boom and bust conditions. If a company were to

repurchase its shares when the market price looks depressed to the management,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the repurchase action of the management tends to have a buoying effect in the

bearish market.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Tax advantage

Such repurchases result in capital gains for the investors and these capital gains

are taxed at a lower rate when compared with dividend distribution

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Management control

The share repurchases can be used as an instrument to increase the insider

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


control in the companies. Normally insiders do not tender their shares when a

company decides to share repurchase. They end up holding a larger proportion

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

of the reduced equity of the company and thereby have greater control


Advantages:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Repurchase announcements are viewed as positive signals by investors.

Stockholders have a choice when a firm repurchases stocks: They can sell or not

sell. Dividends are sticky in the short-run because reducing them may negatively

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


affect the stock price. Extra cash may then be distributed through stock

repurchases.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




200
Disadvantages:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Stockholders may not be indifferent between dividends and capital gains. The

selling stockholders may not be fully aware of all the implications of a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

repurchase. The corporation may pay too much for the repurchased stocks.


5. Dividend Reinvestment Plans (DRIPs)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Some companies offer DRIPs, whereby shareholders can use the dividend

received to purchase additional shares (even fractional) of the company without

brokerage cost. These companies that offer DRIPs also offer share repurchase

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


plans (SRP), which allow shareholders to make optional cash contributions that

are eventually used to purchase shares. Though this practice is not in vogue in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

India, in developed countries this is very common. However, we can find

another variant to this `dividend reinvestment plans' in the mutual funds sector.

Some of the mutual funds offer growth plans through such `dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


reinvestment plans'


V. Issues in dividend policy

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Normally, a firm would be using its dividend policy to pursue its objective of

maximizing its shareholders' return so that the value of their investment is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

maximized. Shareholders return consists of dividends and capital gains.

Dividend policy directly influences these two components of return.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Even if dividends are not declared but retained in the firm, the shareholders'

wealth or return would go up.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

We shall examine various ratios which impact our firm's dividend policy




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


201

1. Pay out ratio

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

It is defined as dividend as a percentage of earnings. It is an important concept

in the dividend policy. A firm may decide to distribute almost its entire earnings.

Another firm may decide to distribute only a portion of its earnings. Initially it

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


may appear, the former firm declares maximum dividends. However in the long

run, the latter firm which declares only a portion of its earnings may overtake

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

our former high pay out firm.


Let us now look at this with an example.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Firms X and Y have equity capital of Rs.100. Let us assume both the firms

generate 25% earnings every year. Let us assume that Firm X declares 50%

dividend every year and firm Y declares only 25% dividend every year.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Firm / Year

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Equity

25%

Dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Retained

earnings

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Earnings



Firm X

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




1

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

100

25

12.50

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


12.50

2

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

112.50

28.12

14.06

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


14.06

3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

126.56

31.64

15.82

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


15.82

4

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

142.38

35.59

17.79

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


17.79

5

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

160.17

40.04

20.02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20.02

6

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

180.19

45.04

22.52

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


22.52

7

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

202.71

50.67

25.33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25.33

8

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

228.04

57.01

28.50

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


28.50

9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

256.54

64.13

32.06

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


32.06

10

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

288.60

72.15

36.07

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36.07

11

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

324.67

81.16

40.58

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


40.58

12

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

365.25

91.31

45.65

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


45.65

13

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

410.90

102.72

51.36

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


51.36

14

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

462.26

115.56

57.78

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


57.78



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

202
15

520.04

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

130.01

65.00

65.00

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Total dividend income received by the 485.04



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

investor


Firm Y

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1

100

25

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


6.25

18.75

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2

118.75

29.68

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


7.42

22.26

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3

141.01

35.25

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


8.81

26.43

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

4

167.44

41.86

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


10.46

31.39

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

5

198.83

49.70

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


12.42

37.28

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

6

236.11

59.02

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


14.75

44.27

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

7

280.38

70.09

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


17.52

52.57

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

8

332.95

83.23

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


20.80

62.43

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

9

395.38

98.84

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


24.71

74.13

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

10

469.51

117.37

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


29.34

88.03

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11

557.54

139.38

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


34.84

104.54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12

662.08

165.52

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


41.38

124.14

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

13

786.22

196.55

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


49.13

147.42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14

933.64

233.41

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


58.35

175.06

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

15

1108.7

277.17

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


69.29

207.88

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Total dividend income received by the 405.47



investor

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


If you look at the returns* to the investors of firms X and Y at the end of 15
years, the following position will emerge on Rs.100 invested in each firm


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Firm X

Firm Y

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Total dividend income

Rs.485.04

Rs.405.47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Total capital gain (over

Rs.420.04

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.1,008.70

the original investment
amount of Rs.100)
Total income

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.905.08

1414.17

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

*overlooking the interest on the dividend received by way of cash.

In the case of low dividend pay out company, in fact from the year 14 onwards,

the quantum of dividend paid has actually overtaken the high dividend pay out

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


company.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

203


If you look at the market value, a low pay out firm will result in a higher share

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

price in the market because it increases earnings growth.


Uncertainty surrounding future company profitability leads certain investors to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

prefer the certainty of current dividends. Investors prefer "large" dividends.

Investors do not like to manufacture "homemade" dividends, but prefer the

company to distribute them directly.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Capital gains taxes are deferred until the actual sale of stock. This creates a

timing option. Capital gains are preferred to dividends, everything else equal.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus, high dividend yielding stocks should sell at a discount to generate a higher

before-tax rate of return. Certain institutional investors pay no tax.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Dividends are taxed more heavily than capital gains, so before-tax returns

should be higher for high dividend - paying firms. Empirical results are mixed --

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

recently the evidence is largely consistent with dividend neutrality.


2. Retention ratio

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

If x is pay out ratio, then the retention ratio is 100 minus x. That is retention

ratio is just the reverse of the pay out ratio. As we have seen above, a low pay

out (and hence a high retention) policy will produce a possible higher dividend

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


announcement (and thereby higher share price in the secondary market leading

to huge capital gains) because it increases earnings growth.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Capital gains

Investors of growth companies will realize their return mostly in the form of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

capital gains. Normally such growth companies will have increasing earnings



204

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

year after year but their pay out ratio may not be very high. Their retention ratio

will therefore be higher. Investors in such companies will reap capital gains in

the later years. However, the impact of dividend policy (high or low pay out

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


with low or high retention ratio) is not very simple. Such capital gains will result

in the distant future and hence many investors may consider them as uncertain.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Dividend yield

The dividend yield is the dividends per share divided by the market value per

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

share. The dividend yield furnishes the shareholders' return in relation to the

market value of the share.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

VI. Some important dates in dividend payments

1. Declaration Date

Every year or half year or quarterly or on chosen special occasions, the Board of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Directors of the firm will first meet and recommend on the quantum of dividend

and it becomes a liability of the company. Therefore declaration date is the date

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

at which the company announces it will pay a dividend.


2. Date of Record

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

This record date is the declared by the firm while announcing the dividend

payment and only those shareholders who are on the record of the firm on this

date will receive the dividend payment. It is therefore the date at which the list

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of shareholders who will receive the dividend is made.


3. Ex-dividend Date

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





205

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


This occurs two business days before date of record. If one were to buy stock or

share on or after this date, he or she will not eligible to receive the dividend.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Hence naturally the stock or share price generally drops by about the amount of

the dividend on or after this date. Therefore the convention is that the right to the

dividend remains with the stock until two business days before the holder-of-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


record date. Whoever buys the stock on or after the ex-dividend date does not

receive the dividend.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Date of Payment

This is the date on which the dividend payment cheques are made out and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

mailed. Since many firms follow the electronic clearing system for crediting the

dividends to the shareholders' accounts, the date of payment is the date on

which such ECS instructions are issued to the banks. In this ECS method of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


payment, there is no paper work involved ? cheques need not be made out

mailed and mailed ? enormous savings in expenditure in the cheque book costs

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and also in the dispatch.


Let us examine these different dates with an example:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Suppose our firm XYZ Limited announces on 10th June 2005 that it would pay a

dividend of 20% to all their shareholders on record at close of business on June

30th 2004.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



The declaration date is 10th June 2005
The record date is 30th June 2005
Ex dividend date is 28th June 2005

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(while reckoning the ex dividend date all Saturdays, Sundays and other holidays
? the days the stock exchange does not work ? should be excluded)



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



206
Check your progress

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1.ABC Limited, a Public Sector Undertaking, has paid 75% interim dividend

during the fourth quarter of the financial year 2005-06. Match the following sets

of dates

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



1.27th February 2006

A.Record date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2.6th March 2006

B.Payment date

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3.7th March 2006

C.Ex-dividend date

4.9th March 2006

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


D.Last with-dividend date

5.3rd April 2006

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

E.Declaration date



Some Frequently Asked Questions(FAQs)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Let us assume that we hold share in a firm and it is worth Rs 10.

Are we eligible for the dividend?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Yes. If we hold the share prior to the ex-dividend date we will receive the
dividend.

What will be the price of our share after we receive the dividend?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The stock price will generally fall by the amount of the dividend on the ex-date.

If we get dividend of Re 1 per share and the stock price is Rs 10 prior to the this

ex-date, the price of our share on ex-date will be Rs 9 per share (10-1)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


What are then the important components of shareholders return?


- Cash dividends (Payout).

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

- Share dividends (bonus issues)
- Share splits
- Share repurchase


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

207

What if the firm does not pay dividend?

In case the firm does not declare or pay any dividend, then the earnings would

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


be accumulated under reserves and surpluses. And they would be invested in the

business again. And we know that the retained earnings are comparatively

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

cheaper and cumbersome. Only these retained earnings generate capital gains

for the shareholders.

Thus, either decision ? to pay dividends or retain earnings - will affect the value

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of the firm.

What are therefore the most crucial issues for a firm in paying dividends?

1. High or low payout?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. How frequent?

3. Do we announce the policy?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Amount in near future & long term

5. Stable or irregular dividends?

The most important aspect of dividend policy is to determine the amount of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

earnings to be distributed to shareholders and the amount to be retained in
the firm with an objective to maximise shareholder's return.

We can say that a higher payout policy means more current dividends & less

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

retained earnings, which may consequently result in slower growth and perhaps

lower market price/ share. On the other hand, low payout policy means less

current dividends, more retained earnings & higher capital gains and perhaps

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


higher market price per share.


Capital gains are future earnings while dividends are current earnings.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





208

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Thus we firmly establish the distinction between low payout and high payout

companies, capital gains and dividends. Another important point that deserves

attention is that dividends in most countries attract higher taxes. Therefore it is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


quite plausible that some investor's would prefer high-payout companies while

others may prefer low-payout companies.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


How do we define dividend policy?

It's the decision for the firm to pay out earnings versus retaining and reinvesting
them

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Now that we know that there exists a relationship between dividend policy
and value of the firm. Being an investor, what we should prefer high
payouts or low payouts?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

If we prefer a high payout, we don't trust future and we want to enjoy all the

benefits today. So we don't want to take the risk.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


In the case we prefer low payout, we want the firm to grow with new

investment opportunities using our money since we know that retained earnings

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

are comparatively cheaper.

See, it is very difficult to specify. We have different theories bases on

differing opinions of the analysts; some consider dividend decision to be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


irrelevant and some believe dividend decision to be an active variable

influencing the value of the firm.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Let us study these theories one by one.

Traditional theory

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

According to the traditional theory put forward by Graham and Dodd, the capital

market attaches considerable importance on dividends rather than on retained


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


209

earnings. According to them "the capital markets are overwhelmingly in favour

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

of liberal dividends as against conservative or too low dividends'


The following valuation model worked out by them clearly confirms the above
view

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


P = M (d + e / 3)

Where, P = market price per share, D = dividend per share, E = earnings per
share, M = a multiplier

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



According to this, in the valuation of share the weight attached to

dividends is equal to four times the weight attached to retained earnings. This is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


made clear in the following modified model ? in this E is replaced by D+R


P = M [d + (d +r/ 3)]

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


R = retained earnings


The weights provided by Graham and Dodd are based on their estimation

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


and this is not derived objectively through empirical analysis. Not with standing

this observation, the major thrust of the traditional theory is that liberal pay out

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

policy has a favourable impact on stock price


The Residual Theory of Dividends

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


One of the schools of thought, the residual theory, suggests that the

dividend paid by a firm is viewed as a residual, i.e. the amount remaining or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

leftover after all acceptable investment opportunities have been considered and

undertaken.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

In this approach, the dividend decision is done in stages as under:




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

210
1. First the optimal level of capital expenditures is determined;

2. Then the total amount of equity financing needed to support the expenditures
is estimated

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Reinvested profits is utilised to meet the equity requirement.

4. After this, if there is a surplus available in reinvested profits after meeting this
equity need, then the surplus, the residual, is distributed to shareholders as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

dividends.

Thus, under this theory,

Dividend = Net income ? Additional equity needed.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Let us examine this with an example


Suppose our XYZ Limited plans to invest Rs.100 million in a new

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


project and it has finalized the target equity ratio at 60% and decided to meet

this fresh equity through internal accruals. Suppose in that particular year, our

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

firm earns Rs.90 million as profits. The amount that can be distributed as

dividend by XYZ Limited would be


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Requirement of new project




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Rs.100 million

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

At target equity ratio of 60, XYZ Limited will need to invest Rs.60 million

Profit earned by XYZ Limited in that year


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs. 90 million


Balance available after meeting this fresh equity need

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs. 30 million


Thus Rs.30 million can be distributed as dividend by XYZ Limited

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus, under the residual dividend model, the better the firm's investment

opportunities, the lower the dividend paid. Following the residual dividend

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

policy rigidly would lead to fluctuating dividends, something investors don't

like


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


211


To satisfy shareholders' taste for stable dividends, firms should

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Estimate earnings and investment opportunities, on average over the next five
to ten years;

2. Use this information to find out the average residual payout ratio;

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Set a target payout ratio.

Dividend Irrelevance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A firm operating in a perfect or ideal capital market conditions, may many times

face the following dilemmas with regard to payment of dividends


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- The firm has sufficient cash to pay dividends but such payments may

erode its cash balance

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- The firm does not have enough cash to pay dividends and to meet its

dividend payment needs, the firm may have to issue to new shares

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



- The firm does not pay dividends, but shareholders expect and need cash


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


In the first case, when the firm pays dividends, shareholders get cash in

their hands but the firm's cash balance gets reduced. Though the shareholders

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

gain in the form of such dividends, they lose in the form of their claims on the

cash assets of the firm. This can be viewed as a transfer of wealth of the

shareholder from one portfolio to another. Thus there is no net gain or loss. In a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


perfect market condition, this will not affect the value of the firm.

In the second one, the issue of new shares to finance dividend payments

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

results in two transactions ? existing share holders gets cash in the form of

dividends and the new shareholders part with their cash to the company in

exchange for new shares. The existing shareholders suffer an equal amount of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


capital loss since the value of their claim on firm's assets gets reduced. The new



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

212
shareholders gain new shares at a fair price per share. The fair price per share is

the share price before the payment of dividends less dividend per share to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

existing shareholders. The existing shareholders transfer a part of their claim on

the firm to the new shareholders in exchange for cash. Thus there is no gain or

loss. Since these two transactions are fair, the value of the firm will remain

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


unaffected.

In the third scenario, if the firm does not pay dividend, the shareholder

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

can still create cash to meet his needs by selling a part or whole of his shares at

the market price in the stock exchange. The shareholder will have lesser number

of shares as he has exchanged a part of his claim on the firm to the new

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


shareholder in exchange for cash. The net effect is the same once again. The

transaction is a fair one as there is no gain or loss. The value of the firm will

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

remain unaffected.

This dividend irrelevance theory goes by the name Miller ? Modigliani

(MM) Hypothesis as they have propounded the same.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Miller and Modigliani have put forward the view that the value of a firm

depends solely on its earnings power and is not influenced by the manner in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

which its earnings are split between dividends and retained earnings. This view

is expressed as the MM ? Dividend Irrelevance theory and is put forward in their

acclaimed 1961 research work ? Dividend policy, growth and the valuation of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


shares ? in the Journal of Business Vol 34 (Oct 1961)


In this work, Miller and Modigliani worked out their argument on the following

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

presumptions:


- capital markets are perfect and investors are rational: information is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

freely available, transactions are spontaneous, instantaneous, costless;
securities are divisible and no one particular investor can influence
market prices


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


213


- floatation costs are nil and negligible

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




- there are no taxes

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



- investment opportunities and future profits of firms are known and can

be found out with certainty ? subsequently Miller and Modigliani have

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

dropped this presumption



- investment and dividend decisions are independent

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Thus, the MM hypothesis reveals that under a perfect market conditions,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the dividend policies of a firm are irrelevant, as they do not affect the value and

worth of the firm. It further unfolds that the value of the firm depends on its

earnings and they result from its investment policy. Therefore, the dividend

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


decision of the firm ? whether to declare dividend or not, whether to distribute

the earnings towards dividends or retained earnings ? does not affect the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

investment decision.

M&M contend that the effect of dividend payments on shareholder

wealth is exactly offset by other means of financing. The dividend plus the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


"new" stock price after dilution exactly equals the stock price prior to the

dividend distribution.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

M&M and the total-value principle ensures that the sum of market value

plus current dividends of two firms identical in all respects other than dividend-

payout ratios will be the same. Investors can "create" any dividend policy they

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


desire by selling shares when the dividend payout is too low or buying shares

when the dividend payout is excessive

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



214
Drawbacks of MM hypothesis

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Though the critics of Miller Modigliani hypothesis agree with the view that the

dividends are irrelevant, they dispute the validity of the findings by questioning

the assumptions used by Miller and Modigliani.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


According to them, dividends to matter mainly on account of the

uncertain future, the capital market imperfections and incidence of tax.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Uncertain future

In a word of uncertain future, the dividends declared by a company based as

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

they are on the judgements of the management on the future, convey the

prediction about the prospects of the company. A higher dividend payout may

suggest that the future of the company, as judged by the management is very

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


promising. A lower dividend payout thus may suggest that the future of the

company as considered by the management may is very uncertain.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

An associated argument is that dividends reduce uncertainty perceived

by the shareholder investors. Hence they prefer dividends to capital gains. So

shares with higher current dividend yields, other things being equal, attract a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


very high price in the market. However Miller and Modigliani maintain that

dividends merely serve as a substitute for the expected future earnings which

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

really determine the value. They further argue dividend policy is irrelevant.


Uncertainty and fluctuations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Due to uncertainty share prices tend to fluctuate, sometimes very widely. When

the prices vary, conditions for conversion of current income into capital value

and vice versa may not be regarded as satisfactory by the investors. Some

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


investors may be reluctant to sell a portion of their investment in a fluctuating if



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

215

they wish to enjoy more current income. Such investors would naturally prefer

and value more a higher dividend pay out. Some investors may be hesitant to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


buy shares in a fluctuating market if they wish to get a less current income and

therefore they may value more a lower dividend pay out.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Additional equity at a lower price

Miller and Modigliani assume that a company can sell additional equity at the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

current market price. However, companies following the advice and suggestions

of investment bankers or merchant bankers offer additional equity at a price

lower than the current market price. This under pricing practice mostly stems

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


out of market compulsions.


Issue costs

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Miller and Modigliani assumption is based on the basis that retained earnings or

dividend payouts can be replaced by external financing. This is possible when

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

there is no issue cost. In the real word where issue costs are very high, the

amount of external financing has to be greater than the amount of dividend

retained or paid. Due to this, when other things are equal, it is advantageous to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


retain earnings rather than pay dividends and resort to external finance.


Transaction costs

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


In the absence of transaction costs, dividends and capital gains are equal. In such

a situation if a shareholder desires higher current income than the dividends

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

received, he can sell a portion of his capital equal in value to the additional

current income required. Likewise, if he wishes to enjoy lesser current income

than the dividends paid, he can buy additional shares equal in value to the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


difference between dividends received and the current income desired.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

216

In a real world, transaction costs are incurred. Due to this, capital value cannot
be converted into an equal current income and vice versa.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Tax considerations

Miller and Modigliani assume that the investors exhibit indifference between

dividends and capital appreciation. This may be true when the rate of taxation is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the same for dividends received and capital appreciation enjoyed. In real life, the

taxes are different on dividends and capital appreciation. Tax on capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

appreciation is lower than tax rate on dividends received. Due to this the

investors may go in for capital appreciation


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Signaling Hypothesis

The M&M dividend irrelevance theory assumes that all investors have the same

information regarding the firm's future earnings. In reality, however, different

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


investors have different beliefs and some individuals have more information

than others. More specifically, the firm managers have better information about

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

future earnings than outside investors.



It has been observed that dividend increases are often accompanied by an

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


increase in the stock price and dividend decreases are often accompanied by

stock price declines. These facts can be interpreted in two different ways:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Investors prefer dividends to capital gains; unexpected dividend increases can be

seen as signals of the quality of future earnings (signaling theory).


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




217

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Dividend Relevance:

Bird-in-the-Hand Argument

Myron Gordon and John Lintner have argued that shareholders are generally

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


risk averse and prefers a dividend today to the promise of the greater dividend in

the future. Hence shareholder's required return is affected by a change in the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

dividend policy: Reducing today's dividend to invest in the firm at the initial

required rate of return destroys value if shareholders' required rate of return

increases due to this decision.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Walter's Model

Prof. James E. Walter argues that the choice of dividend policies almost always

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

affect the value of the firm. His model is based on the following assumptions:

1. Internal financing: The firm finances all investment through retained
earnings; i.e. debt or new equity is not issued.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Constant return and cost of capital: the firm's rate of return, r , and its cost
of capital, k , are constant.

3. 100% payout or retention: All earnings are either distributed as dividends or
reinvested internally immediately.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Infinite time: the firm has infinite life

Valuation Formula: Based on the above assumptions, Walter put forward the
following formula:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

P = DIV/k + [(EPS-DIV) r/k]/k, where

P = market price per share
DIV= dividend per share
EPS = earnings per share

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DIV-EPS= retained earnings per share
r = firm's average rate of return
k= firm's cost o capital or capitalisation rate


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


218

The above equation is reveals that the market price per share is the sum of two
components:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


a. The first component (DIV/k) is the present value of an infinite stream of
dividends

And

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b. The second component [(EPS ? DIV) / k) / k] is the present value of the

infinite stream of capital appreciation. This is the capital gain when the firm

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

retains the earnings within the firm.


Could we note something peculiar here?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

? When the rate of return is greater than the cost of capital (r > k), the price per
share increases as the dividend payout ratio decreases.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Such firms are recognized as growth firms. For them the internal rate is

more than the cost of capital (r > k). They expand rapidly because of available

investment opportunities resulting in returns higher than the cost of capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


employed.

These firms will be able to reinvest earnings at a higher rate ( r ) than the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

shareholders' expected rate of return ( k ). They will maximize the market value

per share as they follow a policy of retaining earnings for reinvestment or

internal investment. This is also revealed by the Firm Y in our earlier table of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


calculations.


? When the rate of return is equal to the cost of capital (r=k), the price per share

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

does not vary with changes in dividend payout ratio.

Such firms are treated as normal firms in the market place. They do not have

unlimited surplus generating investment opportunities, yielding higher returns

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




219

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

than the cost of the capital. Once they exhaust all portfolios of super profitable

opportunities, they earn just a return equal to the cost of capital on their

investments. Here the dividend policy has no impact on the market value per

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


share.


? When the rate of return is lesser than the cost of capital (r< k), the price per

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

share increases as the dividend payout ratio increases.


Such firms are viewed as declining firms in the market place. They do

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

not have any profitable portfolio of investment opportunities to invest their

earnings. These firms would only earn on their investments a rate of return less

than the minimum rate required by the investors and that can be obtained

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


elsewhere in the normal circumstances.

Investors in such declining firms would require earnings distributed to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

them so that they can either spend it or invest elsewhere to get a higher rate of

return. The market value of such declining firms will be high only when it does

not retain any earnings at all.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Thus in a nut shell,

? The optimum payout ratio for a growth firm (r > k) is nil.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? The optimum payout ratio for a normal firm (r = k) is irrelevant

? The optimum payout ratio for a declining firm (r< k) is 100%

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The dividend policy of a firm depends on the availability of investment

opportunities and the relationship between the firm's internal rate of return and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

its cost of capital.




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




220
Despite its popularity does the Walter's model suffer from any limitation?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


As we have seen that this model can be useful to show the effects of dividend

policy on all equity firms under different assumptions about the rate of return.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

However the simplified nature of the model can lead to conclusions, which are

not true in general, though true for the model. Now we will analyse the model

critically on the following points:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. No External Financing

Walter's model of share valuation mixes dividend policy with investment policy

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of the firm. The model assumes that retained earnings finance the investment

opportunities of the firm only and no external financing-debt or equity-is used

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

for the purpose. When such a situation exists, either the firm's investment or its

dividend policy or both will be suboptimum.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Constant rate of return

Walter's model is based on the assumption that r is constant. In fact, r decreases

as more and more investment is made. This reflects the assumption that the most

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


profitable investments are made and then the poorer investments are made. Thy

firm should stop at a point where r = k.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Constant opportunity Cost of Capital, k

A firm's cost of capital or discount rate, k, does not remain constant; it changes

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

directly with the risk. Thus, the present value of the firm's income moves

inversely with the cost of capital. By assuming that the discount rate, k, is

constant, Walter's model abstracts from the effect of risk on the value of the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


firm.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

221


Let us now try some problems to make the concept clearer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Example

The following information is available for ABC Ltd. Earnings per share : Rs. 4

Rate of return on investments : 18 percent Rate of return required by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


shareholders : 15 percent What will be the price per share as per the Walter

model if the payout ratio is 40 percent? 50 percent? 60 percent?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Solution.

According to the Walter model, P = [D + (E ? D) r/k] / k

Given E = Rs4, r = 0, and k = 0.15, the value of P for the three different payout

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

ratios is as follow:

Payout ratio P

40 percent = [1.6 + (2.40) 0.18/0.15] / 0.15 = Rs.29.87

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 percent = [2.00 + (2.00) 0.18/0.15] / 0.15 = Rs29.33

60 percent = [2.40 + (1.60) 0.18/0.15] / 0.15 = Rs28.80

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Gordon's model and its relevance

Gordon, Myron, J's model explicitly relates the market value of the firm to its
dividend policy. It is based on the following hypotheses

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

An all equity firm

A firm is an all equity firm and it has no debt.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



222
No external financing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

A firm has no external finance available for it. Therefore retained earnings

would be used to fund or finance any expansion. Gordon's model also supports

dividend and investment policies.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Constant return

The firm's internal rate of return, r, is constant.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Constant cost of capital

The discount rate, k, is constant as in Walter's model. Gordon's model also

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

overlooks and ignores the effect of a change in the firm's risk-class and its effect

on the discount rate, k.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Permanent earnings

It is assumed the firm and its stream of earnings are perpetual

No taxes

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


It is also assumed that the firm does not pay tax on the premise that corporate
taxes do not exist

Constant retention

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The retention ratio (b)once decided is taken as constant. Thus, the growth rate is

constant forever as the internal rate of return is also assumed to be constant

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Cost of capital greater than growth rate

The discount rate, k, is greater than the above growth rate (g = br).

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Valuation Formula: Based on the above assumptions, Gordon has put forward
the following formula:



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

223


P0 = EPS1 (1 ? b) / (k ? b)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


P0 = market price per share
EPS1 = expected earnings per share
b = retention ratio
r = firm's internal profitability

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

k= firm's cost of capital or capitalisation rate

Example

The following information is available for ABC Company. Earnings par share :

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.5.00 Rate of return required by shareholders : 16 percent. Assuming that the

Gorden valuation model holds, what rate of return should be earned on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

investments to ensure that the market price is Rs.50 when the dividend payout is

40 percent?


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Solution

According to the Gordon model P0 = EPS1 (1 ? b) / (k ? b)

Substituting in this equation, the various values given, we get

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

50 = 5.0(1- 0.06) / (0.16 ? 0.6r)
Solving this for r, we get
R = 0.20 = 20 percent

Hence, ABC Company must earn a rate of return of 20 percent on its

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

investments.

Implications for Corporate Policy

Establish a policy that will maximize shareholder wealth.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Distribute excess funds to shareholders and stabilize the absolute amount of

dividends if necessary (passive).

Payouts greater than excess funds should occur only in an environment that has

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a net preference for dividends.



224

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


There is a positive value associated with a modest dividend. Could be due to
institutional restrictions or signaling effects.

Dividends in excess of the passive policy does not appear to lead to share price

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

improvement because of taxes and flotation costs.

Funding Needs of the Firm


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

- Liquidity
- Ability to Borrow
- Restrictions in Debt Contracts
- Control Other Issues to Consider

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Other Issues to Consider

Dividend Stability

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


- Stability - maintaining the position of the firm's dividend payments in

relation to a trend line.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

- Earnings per share Dividends per share


Information content -- management may be able to affect the expectations of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

investors through the informational content of dividends. A stable dividend

suggests that the company expects stable or growing dividends in the future.

Current income desires -- some investors who desire a specific periodic income

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


will prefer a company with stable dividends to one with unstable dividends.

Institutional considerations -- a stable dividend may permit certain institutional

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

investors to buy the common stock as they meet the requirements to be placed

on the organizations "approved list."


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Taxes Preference Theory

Dividends have greater tax consequences than capital gains. Investors in high
tax brackets may prefer capital gains, and thus a low payout ratio, to dividends.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



225

Also, taxes on capital gains are paid only when the stock is sold, which means

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

that they can be deferred indefinitely.

Clientele Effect

Different groups (clienteles) of stockholders prefer different dividend policies.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


This may be due to the tax treatment of dividends or because some investors are

seeking cash income while others want growth. Changing the dividend policy

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

may force some stockholders to sell their shares.


Market practice

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The market practices with regard to dividend declaration or policy are:


- They maintain their dividend rate as it is preferred by the shareholders

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and the government

- When earnings permit, they declare good dividends. They don't have a

policy to accumulate surplus and declare bonus share.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- The main stake holder does not insist on any preferred dividend rate. It is

entirely decided the company and its management

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

- Dividend declaration is governed by commercial considerations and at

times companies tend to exhibit conservative approach

- Companies reward shareholders generously ? both in dividends and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


bonus shares. They practice very high pay out

- Sometimes companies skip dividend when performance is poor or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

liquidity is poor to maintain financial strength

- Companies maintain a fixed rate of dividend and issue bonus shares

when it is possible. The purpose is to ensure that the shareholders retain

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

shares to enjoy capital gains

- Some companies decide on the fair return to investors and maintain their

dividend at these levels

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- Companies declare as high a dividend as they can. This will result in

share price increase. The companies will then be in a position to raise
more funds in the capital markets either by going in for fresh capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

issue

- Companies declare a consistent and reasonable return to the

shareholders; this will enable them to plough back profits to take care of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

contingencies and to improve their capital base



226

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

- Since the shareholder is the king, companies reward them through

dividends, bonus and rights issue to get further investment / funds in
future for their growth plans.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


How do companies decide on dividend payments?

Mr John Lintner conducted a series of interaction with corporate leaders in the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1950s to find out their dividend policies. And he observed that the following

four facts do impact the dividend payments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


- firms have long run target dividend pay out ratio. Mature companies with

stable earnings generally pay out a high proportion of earnings. Growth
companies have low payouts, if they pay any dividends at all

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- corporate leaders focus on dividend changes rather than absolute levels.

For them paying 20% dividend is an important decision if they paid 10%
dividend last year. And it is not a big issue if the dividend pay out last

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

year was also 20%

- dividend changes follow shifts in long run, sustainable earnings. Leaders

smoothen out dividend payments. Temporary changes in earnings level

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is unlikely to affect dividend pay outs

- leaders are reluctant to make dividend changes that may have to be

reversed in the future years. They would be concerned if they are to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

lower dividend pay out ratio.


Thus Lintner's findings suggest that the dividend depends in part on the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

company's current earnings and in part on the dividend for the previous year,

which in turn depended on that year's earnings and the dividend in the year

before.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Check your progress

2.The following are several observations about typical corporate dividend

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

policies. Which are true and which are false?




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

227

i.

companies decide each year's dividend by looking at their capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

expenditure requirements and then distributing whatever cash is left
over

ii.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

most companies have some idea of a target dividend distribution
percentage

iii.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

they set each year's dividend equal to the target pay out ratio times
that year's earnings

iv.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

managers and investors seem more concerned when earnings are
unexpectedly high for a year or two

v.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

companies undertake substantial share repurchases usually finance
them with an offsetting reduction in cash dividends


3.Answer the following question twice, once assuming current tax law and once

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

assuming the same rate of tax on dividends and capital gains.

Suppose all investments offered the same expected return before tax. Consider

two equally risk shares ABC Ltd and XYZ Ltd. ABC Ltd pay a generous

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


dividend and offer low expected capital gains. XYZ Ltd pay low dividends and

offer high expected capital gains. Which of the following investors would prefer

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the XYZ Ltd? What would prefer ABC Ltd? Which should not care? (Assume

that any stock purchased will be sold after one year)


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


i.

pension fund

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

ii.

an individual

iii.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


a corporation

iv.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

a charitable endowment

v.

a security dealer

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



To sum up.....


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

- Dividends are earnings distributed to its share holders by a company

- The (distribution) dividends expressed in percentage terms is called pay

out ratio

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




- Retention ratio is there fore 1 minus pay out ratio

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





228

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

- A high pay out or a low retention ratio represents more dividends and

therefore less funds for growth and expansion


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- A low pay out or a high retention ratio represents less dividends and

therefore more funds for growth and expansion

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



- Dividend policies affect the market value of the firm in the short run.

However, whether such dividend increase value or not will depend on

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the profitable investment avenues available to the company



- Walter considers that it depends on the profitability of the investment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


avenues available to company and the cost of capital. If the company has
profitable avenues, its value will be very high and maximum when entire
earnings are retained

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



- Another view is that due to uncertainty of capital gains, investors will

prefer dividends and more dividends. This implies that the value of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

shares in the market of a very high pay out and low retention company
will command premium



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

- Miller and Modigliani do not subscribe to the view that dividends affect

the market value of the shares.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- According to them, a trade off takes place between cash dividends and

issue of ordinary shares, if the investment policy of the company is firm
and given

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




- They opine, the share price in the market will be adjusted by the amount

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of earnings distributed (or dividends distributed); and therefore the
existing share holder is in the same platform when compared with the
new investor ? neither better off nor worse off.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


- Miller and Modigliani assume perfect capital markets, no transaction

costs and no taxes

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



- However, in practical markets, transaction costs exist and taxes are

levied. In such a scenario investors will prefer cash dividends.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




- Only tax exempt investors prefer high pay out companies. Investors in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

high tax brackets prefer high retention so that the share values could so



229

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


high to assure them capital gains. Normally capital gains are taxed lower
when compared with cash dividends


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


- In countries like India, the investors are not taxed for the dividends

received by them. However capital gains are taxed for them. Hence there
is a possibility that the Indian investor may prefer dividend distribution

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




- This reveals no clear picture or any consensus ? whether dividend

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

matters or not.



- Therefore a number of factors will have to taken into account before

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


deciding about the dividend policy



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

- Dividend can be distributed in cash or share form. Share form dividend

is called bonus share.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- Bonus share has a psychological appeal. They do not increase the value

of the share. Stock splits have the same effect as the bonus shares

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



- Companies prefer to distribute cash dividends.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


- They prefer to finance their expansion and growth through issue of new

shares and / or borrowing.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



- This is based on the assumption that shareholders and entitled to and

they prefer period return on their investment

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




- Many companies move over to long term pay out ratios systematically

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

planning and working for it.



- While working out the dividends they consider past distribution and also

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


current and future earnings. Thus dividends have information contents



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

- Companies would like to reward their shareholders through a stable

dividend policy for reasons of certainty


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


- Stable dividend policy does not mean and result in constant pay out ratio.

In this regard stable policy means predictable policy

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





230

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

- The company's dividend policy would depend on its funds requirement

for future growth, shareholder's desire and cash or liquidity availability


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- Shareholders expect that the company in the future will improve its

performance and it will reckon the dividend rate to the increased capital.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



- In this hope, the share price may increase.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


- If the actual performance is poor and no increase in dividend

distribution, the share price will decline.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Key words - Bonus (Stock dividend), Buy back shares, Dividend, Dividend
yield, Pay out ratio, Retention Ratio, Share price and Share split

Key to Check your progress

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1.
(1-E, 2-D, 3-C, 4-A, 5-B)

2.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


i.

False ? the dividends depend on past dividends and current and future
earnings

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


ii.

True ? The target does reflect growth opportunities and capital
expenditure requirements

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


iii.

False ? Dividend is usually adjusted gradually to a target. The target is
based on current or future earnings multiplied by the target dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

distribution percentage

iv.

True ? Dividends change convey information to investors

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


v.

False ? Dividend is smoothed. Managers rarely increase regular
dividends temporarily. They may pay a special dividend, however

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


vi.

False ? Dividend is rarely cut when repurchase is being made

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3.
Current tax law: i ? should not care, ii ? prefers XYZ Ltd, iii ? prefers ABC Ltd,
iv ? should not care and v ? should not care
Same rate of tax: An individual now should not care. Otherwise preferences do

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

not change




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



231

Terminal questions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1.What are the implications of Gordon's basic model?

2.State Walter's model. How is it derived?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3.What are the implications of Walter model?

4.Briefly derive Millar and Modigliani's dividend irrelevance theorem

5.What are the critics view of Miller and Modigliani hypothesis?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


6.A low dividend paying company keeps the shareholders' long term interest in
mind. This is mainly because the tax application on dividend income is
unfavourable when compared with tax application on capital gains. Do you
agree with this view? Briefly discuss the issues involved

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


7.Investors have a strong preference for dividends. Do you agree?

8.What are the factors relevant for determining the pay out ratio? Briefly discuss
each of them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9.Discuss the important provisions of company laws in India pertaining to
dividends

10.What are the motives for declaring

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



- bonus shares
- share splits
- share repurchases

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11.Which types of companies would you expect to distribute a relatively high or
low proportion of current earnings?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


- high risk companies
- companies that have experienced an unexpected decline in profits
- companies that expect to experience a decline in profits
- growth companies with valuable future investment opportunities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

232
12. An increasing number of companies are finding that the best investment they
can make these days is in themselves. Discuss this view. How is the desirability
of repurchase affected by company prospects and the price of its stock.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13.It is well documented that share prices tend to go up when the companies
announce increases in their dividend payouts. How, then, can it be said that
dividend policy is irrelevant?

14.It is good saying that I can sell shares to cover my cash needs, but that may

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

mean selling at the bottom of the market. If the company pays a regular
dividend, investors avoid that risk. Please respond to this statement.



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


233

UNIT - V

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT



Meaning, concepts, types and Significance of working capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


LESSON OUTLINE

Working capital management
Current

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


assets

and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Current

liabilities

LEARNING

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Fixed assets vs. current assets

OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Gross concepts and Net concepts



of Working Capital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


After reading this lesson you should

Permanent Working Capital and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

be able to

Temporary Working Capital

Determinants of Working Capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Understand different concepts

Working capital under inflation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

used in the Working Capital

Negative working capital

Management and suit the best for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




the creditors.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Identify

different

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


components

used for calculation of Current
assets and Current Liabilities.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Know preliminary steps to be

considered

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

for

determining

working capital requirements.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




234
Introduction:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Effective financial management is concerned with the efficient use of important

economic resources, namely, capital funds. The capital funds can be used to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

invest in two forms like, 1.Fixed assets: A major portion of the capital funds

used for investing in purchase of fixed assets for permanent or long-term

purposes, for the purpose of diversification, expansion of business, renovation or

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


modernization of plant and machinery and research and development and

2.Current assets: Rest of the portion of funds needed for short-term purposes

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

like investing into assets for current operations of business is called working

capital. For example, one who is managing a trading business has to arrange

funds regularly for, purchase of finished stock and keeping it in storeroom, and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


also find suitable customer to go for sales. On the other hand if it is a

manufacturing firm he has to arrange for funds continuously for, buying raw

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

materials, keeping it for some time in store, then taking it for the process of

converting into finished goods, and ultimately selling it to consumers.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Fixed asset investments Vs current asset investments: Out of the two types of

investments, investing in the current operations of the business is more difficult

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and is a continuous process with more components of assets rather than the first

case where the investment is one time or long-term in the business process.

Further, purchase of fixed assets can only be by long-term sources of funds. But

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


both long-term as well as short-term sources of funds is used to finance current

assets. If so, what is the ratio of both long-term and short-term sources? Even if

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

we decide the ratio, is it a fixed one? The answer is no. It is flexible on the basis

of season like operational cycle, production policy, credit term, growth and

expansion, price level changes, etc. Improper working capital management can

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


lead to business failure. Many profitable companies fail because their



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

235

management team fails to manage the working capital properly. They may be

profitable, but they are not able to pay the bills. Therefore management of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


working capital is not very easy and the financial manager takes very important

role in it. Hence, the following guidelines regarding concepts, components,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

types and determinants will be very useful to a financial manager.


Concepts of Working Capital:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

There are two concepts of working capital namely gross concepts and net

concepts:

Gross Working Capital:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


According to this concept, whatever funds are invested are only in the current

assets. This concept expresses that working capital is an aggregate of current

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

assets. The amount of current liabilities is not deducted from the total current

assets. This concept is also referred to as "Current Capital" or "Circulating

Capital".

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Net Working Capital:

What is net working capital? The term net working capital can be defined in two

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

ways: (1) The most common definition of net working capital is the capital

required for running day-to-day operations of a business. It may be expressed as

excess of current assets over current liabilities. 2) Net working capital can

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


alternatively be defined as a part of the current assets, which are financed with

long-term funds. For example, if the current assets is Rs. 100 and current

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

liabilities is Rs. 75, then it implies Rs. 25 worth of current assets is financed by

long-term funds such as capital, reserves and surplus, term loans, debentures,

etc. On the other hand, if the current liability is Rs. 100 and current assets is Rs.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


75, then it implies Rs. 25 worth of short-terms funds is used for investing in the

fixed assets. This is known as negative working capital situation. This is not a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



236
favourable financial position. When the current assets are equal to current

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

liabilities, it implies that there is no net working capital. This means no current

asset is being financed by long-term funds.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Net Working Capital = Current assets ? Current liabilities.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Table 1.1 Difference between gross and net working capital


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Gross concept of working capital

Net concept of working capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Meaning



Gross concept of working capital refers Net concept of working capital refers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to the sum of the current assets to the difference between current
employed in the business for day-to-day assets and current liabilities. Excess
operations and for utilizing the fixed of

current

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


assets

over

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

current

assets at the optimum level. In this liabilities is net working capital.
concept the total of the current liabilities Current assets ? Current liabilities
is not deducted from the total of current = Net Working Capital.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

assets.

2. Components

Total current assets said in the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Components of current assets

opposite side minus

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Cash and bank balances,

1. Creditors for raw materials and

2. Sundry

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


debtors

and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Bills

consumable stores,

receivables,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Bills payable,

3. Raw materials,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Advance payment ? received from

4. Work-in-progress,

customers,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Finished Goods,

4. Deferred

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

installments

payable

6. Consumables stores,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


within a year,

7. Prepaid expenses,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

5. Indirect and other charges payable,

8. Advances given to suppliers of 6. Deposits payable within a year,

raw materials.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Term loan and debenture payable

within a year,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

8. Salary, wages, sales tax, Excise

duty, PPF, ESI outstanding,

9. Dividend and tax payable.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Financing


Net working capital is financed only

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Generally, current assets are financed by long-term sources.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

237

by both long-term sources and short-
term sources of funds.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

E.g. Share capital, Debtors, term
loans.

Long-term funds

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Current Assets


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Short-term funds
E.g. Long-term sources:
Share capital, Debentures Term loans.
Short-term sources: Bank O.D., Cash

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Credit, Sundry creditors etc.,

4. Sign Convention

Net working capital maybe positive

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Gross concept of working capital is or negative. Positive figure gives the
always a positive figure. It never comes company's

positive

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


attitude.

as a negative figure. In other words, Negative figure gives the company's
without current assets a company cannot poor financial position.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

run. Hence, gross concept is nothing but Positive:
the sum of all current assets.

Current Assets > Current Liabilities
Negative:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Current Liabilities > Current Assets

5. Nature of Information

The net working capital concept

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


It emphasizes only on quantitative emphasizes on both the quantitative
nature. It never discloses the liquidity as well as qualitative nature, which
positions. Gross working capital are more relevant for managerial
concept results in mismanagement of decision-making.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

current assets.

Current Ratio = Current Assets
Current Liabilities
Liquidity ratio = Liquid Assets

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Current Liabilities



What are Current Assets?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Assets, which can normally be converted into cash with in a year or within the

operating cycle, are grouped as current assets. In other words, current assets are

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

resources that are in cash or will soon be converted into cash in `the ordinary

course of business'. The current asset components are assets like cash,

temporary investments, raw materials, work in progress, accounts receivables

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(sundry debtors/ trade receivables/ bills receivables) and prepaid expenses.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

238
What are Current Liabilities?

Liabilities, which are due for payment in the short-run, are classified as current

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

liabilities. In other words, these liabilities are due within the accounting period

or the operating cycle of the business. Most of such liabilities are incurred in the

acquisition of materials or services forming part of the current assets. Current

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


liabilities are commitments, which will soon require cash settlement in `the

ordinary course of business'. The current liability components are liabilities like

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

accounts payable (sundry creditors/ bills payables/ trade payables), accrued

liabilities (wages, salary, rents), estimated liabilities (income tax payable and

dividend payable).

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Table: 1.2 Components of current assets and current liabilities.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

CURRENT ASSETS

CURRENT LIABILITIES

1. Cash and bank balances.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Creditors for raw materials

2. Investment held in the form of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

consumables etc.,

money

market instrument like,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Advance

received

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

from

Treasury bills, commercial bill,

customers.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


commercial paper and gilt edged

3. Deferred installments payable

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

securities.

within a year for repayment of term

3. Short-term fixed deposits maturing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


loans and debentures.

within a year.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Interest, tax, dividend, salary

4. Sundry Debtors.

and wages payable.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5. Raw materials in godowns and in

5. Public deposits payable within

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

transit.

a year.

6. Stock of Work-in-progress.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


6. Unsecured

loans

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

payable

7. Finished goods in godown and in

within a year.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


transit.

8. Statutory liabilities like ESI,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

8. Consumable stores.

PPF, Co-op dues, sales tax, Excise

9.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Prepaid

expenses

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

such

as duty etc.

salary, wages, tax etc.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


In order to study in detail about current assets, let us compare it with

fixed assets.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




239

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Table: 1.3 Difference between fixed assets and current assets

FIXED ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Significance:



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Any resources that can be used to

Any asset that is convertible or

realizable into cash within a year or one

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


generate revenue are called fixed manufacturing cycle, whichever is high,

is called current assets.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

assets. They are acquired for the




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Cash

purpose of increasing the revenues


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Raw


Debtors

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


materials

and not for resale.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Fi nished goods

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Work in progress

Eg. Land, building, plant and


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

machinery, furniture, fixtures, etc.

Manufacturing cycle

2. Nature:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




These assets are permanent in

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

In contrast to fixed assets, the

current assets are short-term in nature.

nature. Life of these assets is usually

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The life of the assets are usually less
than one year.

more than one year.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





Life of Assets

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Limited

Unlimited

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


E.g.: Furniture,

E.g.: Land

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Building, Plant and

machinery


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



240
3. Earnings

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Basically these are the assets

Circulating

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the

current

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

assets

determines the current earnings / profit

which determine the future earnings / of the firm. Earnings from current

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


assets are direct rather than indirect.

profits of the firm. Benefits from

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Current assets = Cost of goods sold

fixed assets are indirect rather than turnover Average Current Assets

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




direct.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

It is revenue expenditure. These

items are debited to trading account or
profit and loss account.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Fixed assets = Cost of goods sold



turnover Fixed Assets

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Nature of expenditure
It is a capital expenditure. The

assets that are purchased through

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


capital expenditure are shown in the

Balance sheet on the assets side.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

5. Nature of financing



These assets are financed by

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


These assets are financed by both

mainly long-term sources like share long-term funds and short-term funds.
capital, debentures, term loans, etc. A Usually in a firm, which has good

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

company's fixed assets can never be liquidity position, 20% to 25% of
financed by short-term funds. If it is current assets must be financed by long-
so, the company's liquidity position term funds. The remaining assets are
becomes very bad. In that case financed by short-term funds like
current ratio must be less than one.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


sundry creditors, outstanding expenses,
bank overdraft, cash credit, etc


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




241

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Components


Current assets are always tangible. But

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

These assets may be tangible or for the management purpose these

intangible. Tangible assets have assets are divided into permanent
physical existence and generate goods current assets, and fluctuating current
and services (Land, building, plant assets and liquid assets. Permanent

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and machinery furniture). They are current asset are financed by long-term
used for the production of goods and sources. Fluctuating current asset are
services. They are shown in the financed by short-term sources. Liquid
Balance sheet in accordance with the assets refer to current assets which can
cost concept. An asset, which cannot be converted into cash immediately or

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

be seen with our naked eye and does at a short notice without diminution of
not have any physical existence, is value.
called an intangible assets, goodwill,

Short-term funds

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


patents, trade mark etc. Patents leads

Temporary C.A

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

to invention, copy writes lead to scale



of literacy and trade mark represents

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

use of certain symbols.




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Long-term funds



Permanent C.A}

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

242
7.Depreciation:

Cost of these assets is charged, in the
income statement of the year in which it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Cost of these assets is spread over is incurred. Their life is very short and
their useful life. This is known as usually less than one year. Therefore
depreciation

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

or

expired

cost. provision for deprecation of current

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Deprecation is provided due to wear assets does not arise
and tear or lapse of time. As a result of
charging deprecation of fixed cost, the
value of the fixed assets decline every

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


year.
Cost of fixed asset minus
Depreciation = Book Value

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Expired cost Unexpired cost


8. Cost components

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Cost of the fixed assets includes Cost of the current assets includes
actual purchase price plus fright purchase price plus transport charges.
charges plus errection and installation Errection and installation charges do not

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

charges.

arise.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Types of working capital:

Working capital can be divided into two categories on the basis of time:

1. Permanent, fixed or regular working capital,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Temporary, variable, fluctuating, seasonal or specified working capital.


Permanent working capital:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

This refers to minimum amount of investment required in all current assets at all

times to carryout minimum level of activity. In other words, it represents the

current assets required over the entire life of the business. Tandon committee

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




243

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

has referred to this type of working capital as `Core current assets' or `Hard-core

working capital'.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


i
t
a
l

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



a
p

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




C
g

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




i
n

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

r
k

Fixed / permanent

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

o



W

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


working capital



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


0



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Time

Fig 1.1: Fixed working capital


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




remaining constant over time

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The need for investment in current assets may increase or decrease over a period

of time according to the level of production. Some amount of permanent

working capital remains in the business in one form or another. This is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


particularly important from the point of view of financing. Tandon Committee

has pointed out that this type of core current assets should be financed through

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

long-term sources like capital, reserves and surplus, preference share capital,

term loans, debentures, etc.

Leader in two-wheelers Hero Honda Ltd. and in four-wheelers Maruthi

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Udyog Ltd. keeping their model in each type in their showrooms are typical

examples of permanent working capital.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


244
Temporary Working Capital:


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

i
t
a
l

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Fluctuating
working capital


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


a
p


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

C
g



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i
n
r
k

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



o

Fixed

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


W

working capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Time

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Fig 1.2

: Working capital fluctuating over time

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Depending upon the production and sales, the need for working capital

over and above permanent working capital will change. The changing working

capital may also vary on account of seasonal changes or price level changes or

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


unanticipated conditions. For example, raising the prices of materials, labour

rate and other expenses may lead to an increase in the amount of funds invested

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

in the stock of raw materials, work-in-progress as well as in finished goods.

Sometimes additional working capital may be required to face the cut-throat

competition in the market. Sometimes when the company is planning for special

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


advertisement campaigns organised for promotional activities or increasing the

sales, additional working capital may have to be financed. All these extra capital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

needed to support the changing business activities are called temporary,

fluctuating or variable working capital.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Determination of working capital requirements:

There are no uniform rules or formulae to determine the working capital

requirements in a firm. A firm should not plan its working capital neither too

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


much nor too low. If it is too high it will affect profits. On the other hand if it is



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

245

too low, it will have liquidity problems. The total working capital requirements

is determined by a wide variety of factors. They also vary from time to time.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Among the various factors, the following are necessary.

1. Nature of business:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Nature of business



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Manufacturing

Trading

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Financial Institutions



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The working capital requirements of an organization are basically

influenced by the nature of its business. The trading and financial institutions

require more working capital rather than fixed assets because these firms usually

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


keep more varieties of stock to satisfy the varied demands of their customers.

The public utility service organisations require more fixed assets rather than

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

working capital because they have cash sales only and they supply only services

and not products. Thus, the amounts tied up with stock and debtors are almost

nil. Generally, manufacturing business needs, more fixed assets rather than

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


working capital. Further, the working capital requirements also depend on the

seasonal products.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Size of the business: Another important factor is the size of the business.

Size of the business means scale of operation. If the operation is on a large

scale, it will need more working capital than a firm that has a small-scale

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


operation.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


f



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


t

o

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

i
t
a
l

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


n



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


c
a
p

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

g

i
r
e

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

me

i
n

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Working capital



u

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


r
k

e

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

q

o

R

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


w



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

0

Level of operation


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


246

Fig 1.3:Increasing operation
3.Operating cycle: The term "production cycle" or "manufacturing cycle"

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


refers to the time involvement from cash to purchase of raw materials and

completion of finished goods and receipt of cash from sales. If the operating

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

cycle requires a longer time span between cash to cash, the requirement of

working capital will be more because of larger tie up of funds in all the

processes. If there is any delay in a particular process of sales or collection there

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


will be further increase in the working capital requirements. A distillery is to

make a relatively heavy investment in working capital. A bakery will have a

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

low working capital.



Cash

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Purchase of raw

Bills receivable

materials

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Creation of

Debtors

A/c payable

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Finished

goods

Work in progress

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Wages, salary, fuel



Fig 1.4:Operating cycle

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

O= (R+W+F+D) ? C



Where O = Duration of operating cycle

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



R = Raw material average storage period


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


W = Average period of work-in-progress



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

F = Finished goods average storage period



D = Debtors Collection period

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




C = Creditors payment period

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



247

4. Production policy: The requirements of working capital are also determined

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


by production policy. When the demand for the product is seasonal, inventory

must be accumulated during the off-season period and this leads to more cost

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and risks. These firms, which manufacture variety of goods, will have

advantages of keeping low working capital by adjusting the production

according to season.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Turnover of Working capital: The speed of working capital is also

influenced by the requirements of working capital. If the turnover is high, the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

requirement of working capital is low and vice versa.

Working Capital Turnover = Cost of goods sold


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Working capital

6. Credit Terms: The level of working capital is also determined by credit

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


terms, which is granted to customers as well as available from its creditors.

More credit period allowed to debtors will result in high book debts, which leads

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

to high working capital and more bad debts. On the other hand liberal credit

terms available from creditors will lead to less working capital.

7. Growth and Expansion: As a company grows and expands logically, it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


requires a larger amount of working capital. Other things remaining same,

growing industries need more working capital than those that are static.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Growing

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




operation

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

i
t
a
l

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




a
p

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



C


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


g

Static operation

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

i
n



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

r
k
o


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


W



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

0

Level of operation


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Fig 1.5: Level of working capital for different



operations

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


248
8. Price level changes: Rising prices would necessitate the organization to

have more funds for maintaining the same level of activities. Raising the prices

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


in material, labour and expenses without proportionate changes in selling price

will require more working capital. When a company raises its selling prices

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

proportionally there will be no serious problem in the working capital.

9. Operating efficiency: Though the company cannot control the rising price in

material, labour and expenses, it can make use of the assets at a maximum

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


utilisation with reduced wastage and better coordination so that the requirement

of working capital is minimised.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Other factors:

Level of taxes: In this respect the management has no option. If the

government increases the tax liability very often, taxes have to be paid in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


advance on the basis of the profit on the current year and this will need more

working capital.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Dividend policy: Availability of working capital will decrease if it has a high

dividend payout ratio. Conversely, if the firm retains all the profits without

dividend, the availability of working capital will increase. In practice, although

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


many firms earn profit, they do not declare dividend to augment the working

capital.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Profit available to shareholder


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Retained by the company

High dividend payout ratio


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

More availability in working capital

Low availability in working capital


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


249

Significance of working capital:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

The basic objective of financial management is to maximize the shareholders'

wealth. This is possible only when the company increases the profit. Higher

profits are possible only by way of increasing sales. However sales does not

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


convert into cash instantaneously. So some amount of funds are required to meet

the time gap arrangement in order to sustain the sales activity, which is known

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

as working capital. In case adequate working capital is not available for this

period, the company will not be in a position to sustain stocks as it is not in a

position to purchase raw materials, pay wages and other expenses required for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


manufacturing goods to be sold. Working capital, thus, is a life-blood of a

business. As a matter of fact, any organization, whether profit oriented or

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

otherwise, will not be able to carry on day-to-day activities without adequate

working capital.

Problems of inadequate working capital:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Proper management of working capital is very important for the success of an

enterprise. It should be neither large nor small, but at the optimum level. In

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

case of inadequate working capital, a business may suffer the following

problems.

1. Purchase of raw materials: Availing the cash discount from the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


suppliers (creditors) or on favourable credit terms may not be available from

creditors due to shortage of funds. For eg. This situation arises when the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

suppliers supply the goods on two months credit allowing 5% cash discount, if it

is payable within the 30 days.

In the above situation, if a person buys material for Rs. 10,000 by availing the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


cash discount, he has to pay only Rs 9500 [10,000 ? 500]. This is possible only

with the help of adequate working capital.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



250
2. Credit rating: When the financial crisis continues due to shortage of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

funds [working capital], the credit worthiness of the company may be lost,

resulting in poor credit rating. E.g. a company is having the liquid assets of Rs

20,000, current assets of Rs 30,000 and current liabilities of Rs 40,000. From

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the above data we can determine the short-term solvency with the help of the

following ratios 1. Liquid ratio 0.50 and 2. Current ratio 0.75.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



The standard ratios are 1:1 and 2:1 for liquidity ratio and current ratio

respectively. But seeing the above ratios, it shows that the short-term solvency is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


very poor. This clearly shows that the company is not in a position to repay the

short-term debt. This is due to inadequate working capital.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Seizing business opportunity: Due to lack of adequate working capital,

the company is not in a position to avail business opportunity during boom

period by increasing the production. This will result in loss of opportunity

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


profit. E.g. During boom or seasonal period, generally the company will be

getting more contribution per unit by accepting special orders or by increasing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the production, matching with high demand. This opportunity can be availed

only if it is having sufficient amount of working capital.

4. Duration of operating Cycle: The duration of operating cycle is to be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


extended due to inadequate working capital. E.g. If the company's duration of

operating cycle is 45 days when a company is having sufficient amount of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

working capital, due to delay in getting the material from the suppliers and delay

in the production process, it will have to extend the duration of operating cycle.

Consequently, this results in low turnover and low profit.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Maintenance of plant and machinery: Due to lack of adequate working

capital, plant and machinery and fixed assets cannot be repaired, renovated,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

maintained or modernized in an appropriate time. This results in non-utilisation

of fixed assets. Moreover, inadequate cash and bank balances will curtail


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


251

production facilities. Consequently, it leads to low fixed assets turnover ratio.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

E.g. Cost of goods sold is Rs 2,40,000 fixed assets is Rs 60,000 and average

industrial fixed assets turnover ratio is 10 times.

Fixed assets turnover ratio= Cost of sales = 2,40,000 = 4 times

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Fixed assets 60,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




When industrial average ratio is 10 times and the actual turnover ratio is 4

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

times, it is understood that the fixed assets are not utilized to the maximum.

6. Higher interest: In order to account for the emergency working capital

fund, the company has to pay higher rate of interest for arranging either short-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


term or long-term loans.

7. Low Return on Investment (ROI): Inadequate working capital will

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

reduce the working capital turnover, which results in low return on investment.

8. Liquidity verses profitability: Inadequate working capital may result in

stock out of cost, reduced sales, loss of future sales, loss of customers, loss of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


goodwill, down time cost, idle labour, idle production and finally results in

lower profitability.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Dividend policy: A study of dividend policy cannot be possible unless

and otherwise the organization has sufficient available funds.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


In the absence of proper planning and control, the company's inadequate

working capital will cause the above said problems.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Working capital management under inflation:

One of the most important areas in the day-to-day management of working

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

capital includes all the short term assets (current assets) used in daily operations.

Such management will have more significance during the time of inflation. The

following measures can be applied to control the working capital during the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


period of inflation.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

252
Cost control: Cost control aims at maintaining the costs in accordance with the

predetermined cost. According to this concept, the management aims at

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

material, labour and other expenses.

Cost reduction: Cost reduction aims at exploring the possibilities of using

alternative raw materials without affecting the quality of the products by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


adoptions of new technology for the improved quality of products and reducing

the cost.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Large-scale production: Within the given capacities the management can

increase the productivity by proper cost control strategy. Increased price due to

inflation may compensate with reduction in fixed cost when production is

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


increased.

Management cost: Since management cost is a fixed, period cost, the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

maximum possible use of facilities already created must be ensured.

Operating cycle: The time gap between purchase of inventory and converting

the material into cash is known as operating cycle. The management attempts to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


decrease the duration of operating cycle during inflation.

Turnover: Turnover ratio indicates how the capitals are effectively used in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

order to increase the sales during the purchase period. By increasing the rate of

rotation there will be an increase in sales which in turn will increase the profit.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Turnover ratio = Sales

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Capital employed

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Improvement of turnover includes improvement in fixed assets turnover

ratio and working capital turnover ratio, which are elements of the capital

employed.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Capital employed = Fixed assets + working capital.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





253

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Creditors turnover ratio:

It indicates the speed with which the payments are made to credit purchases.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

This can be computed as follows:




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Creditors payment period = Average Creditors x 365



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Credit purchase

Higher creditors turnover ratio with a lower payment period shows that the

creditors are paid promptly or even earlier. During inflation the company with

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


help of bargaining power and good relation they can ask to increase the payment

period, trade discount, cash discount, etc.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Stock turnover ratio:

A low stock turnover ratio may indicate a slow moving inventory suffering

from low sales force. On the contrary, higher stock turnover ratio shows better

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


performance of the company. Under this situation the company may keep

relatively small amount of funds as resources. Thus during inflation the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

company tries to keep high stock turnover ratio.



Stock turnover ratio = Cost of goods sold

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Average stock

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

This should be more during inflation than the ordinary period.

Debtors' turnover:

Debtors constitute an important component of the working capital and therefore

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the quality of debtors to a great extent determines the liquidity position during

inflation. A higher ratio gives a lower collection period and a low ratio gives a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



254
longer collection period. During inflation, the management tries to keep a high

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

turnover ratio.

Other factors:

The management can try to decrease the overhead expenses like administrative,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


selling and distributing expenses. Further the management should be very

careful in sanctioning any new expenditure belonging to the cost areas. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

managers should match the cash inflow with cash outflow for future period

through cash budgeting.

What is negative working capital and how it arises? Negative working capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


is where the organization uses supplier credit or customer prepayment to fund

their day-to-day needs. Organization with negative working capital use the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

money from their customer with which to invest and to pay suppliers. Banks and

financial services, retailers, distributors, industries with cash sales or advance

payments on signature of contract are some of the firms which may have low or

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


negative working capital / sales % figures. Competition is fiercest among

industries with low or negative working capital / sales % figures. Financial entry

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

barriers are lower and these industries are easier to expand. However, profit

margins are often lower because of the competition (but not always!) and the

failure rate among such industries in developed countries is usually higher.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Banks are attracted to industries with low or negative working capital/ sales %

figure s cash and profits are more quickly. Entrepreneurs are attracted to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

industries with low or negative working capital % figures. The customers,



255

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


suppliers and authors of books publishers also want to operate to a low or

negative working capital/ sales %.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Key Words

Gross current assets means the aggregate of all current assets including cash

Net current assets means the aggregate of all current assets less current

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


liabilities. This is same as working capital.

Fixed working capital is the amount that remains more or less permanently

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

invested as working capital in business.

Fluctuating working capital is the amount of working capital over and above

the fixed amount of working capital. It may keep on fluctuating from period to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


period depending upon several factors.

Current liabilities, which are due for payment in the short run, say one year.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Self-assessment Questions/Exercises



1. What are current assets and current liabilities? Explain with suitable

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

examples.

2. Discuss the different concepts of working capital.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Discuss the significance of working capital management in business

enterprises.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



4. Distinguish between fixed and fluctuating working capital. What is the

significance of such distinction in financing working capital of an

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

enterprise?




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


256
5. Which concept of working capital is more suitable to creditors for

analysis to provide working capital finance and why?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




6. What are the factors, which determines the working capital

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

requirements?



7. What are the problems faced by a firm due to inadequate working

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


capital?



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

8. During inflation pressure how can a finance managers control the needs

of increasing working capital.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9. Current assets are financed by both long - term and short - term funds

while fixed assets are long - term funds only. Explain.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



10. What is meant by negative working capital? Also explain situations in
which it arises.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



257

LESSON 2

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Operating Cycle and Estimation of Working Capital

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



LESSON OUTLINE

1. Operating cycle

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


a. Trading cycle

b. Manufacturing cycle

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Estimation of Working

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

Capital requirements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



After reading this lesson you should be

a. For trading firm

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


able to

b. For manufacturing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

organization

Understand what is operating
cycle for trading and manufacturing
firms.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Know what are the possible
methods to reduce the operating
cycle period to increase the sales.
Calculate operating cycle period.
Estimate

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


working

capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

requirements

for

trading

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


and

manufacturing concerns.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

258
OPERATING CYCLE:

This is the chronological sequence of events in a manufacturing company in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

regard to working capital. We know that working capital is the excess of current

assets over current liabilities. In reality such excess of current assets over current

liabilities may be either more or less than the working capital requirement of the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


company. Accordingly it is necessary to calculate the working capital of the

company. This is illustrated with an example. Such computation of working

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

capital requirement may also be necessary for planning increase of sales from

existing level.

The operating cycle is the length of time for a company to acquire

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


materials, produce the products, sell the products, and collect the proceeds from

customers. The normal operating cycle is the average length of time for a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

company to acquire materials, produce the products and collect the proceeds

from customers.

From the above it is very clear that the working capital is required to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


meet the time-gap between the raw materials and actual realisation of stocks.

This time gap is technically termed as operating cycle or working capital cycle.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The operating cycle can be sub-divided into two on the basis of the nature of the

business namely trading cycle and manufacturing cycle.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Operating cycle


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Trading cycle for

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Manufacturing cycle for manufacturing

trading business

business

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




TRADING CYCLE:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Trading business does not involve any manufacturing activities. Their activities

are limited to buying finished goods and selling the same to consumers.

Therefore operating cycle requires a short time span behaviour cash to cash, the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




259

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

requirement of working capital will be low because very less number of

processes in the operation is given below:

Cash Inventories Debtors Bills Receivable Cash

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



In the case of trading firm the operating cycle includes time required to

convert (1) Cash into inventories (2) Inventories into debtors (3) Debtors into

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


cash.

In the case of financing firm, the operating cycle is still less when

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

compared to trading business. Its operating cycle includes time taken for (1)

Conversion of cash into suitable borrowers and (2) Borrowers into cash.

Example 1:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


You have invested Rs.50,000 in your company on 1.1.2006 for buying and
selling of color TVs assuming:

1. Inventory costing Rs. 50,000 is purchased at the beginning of each

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


month.

2. All of the TVs were sold at the end of each month on cash for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs. 60,000

1. What is the operating cycle of the company?


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The answer is 30 days




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Operating cycle


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Pu r c

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


h a s e

o f

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

T

V s f

o r c a s

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


h

Sa

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

le

of TVs for cash


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Time 30 days


2. If the sales are made on account (credit) of 30 days terms what is the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

operating cycle of the company?




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


The answer is 60 days



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Pu

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


r c

h

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

a

s

e

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


o f

T

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V

s

Sa

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


le

of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

T

V

s

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


f

o r

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C

a s

h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


c

o

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

lle

c

t

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


e

d

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

f

r

o

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


m

f

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

o

r

c

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


a

s

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

h



credit

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


customers



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Time 30 days

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Time 30 days




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



260
3. Suppose when the suppliers allow 20 days term and sales are made an
account of 60 days' term. What is the operating cycle of the company?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





The answer is 70 days (30+60-20)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Cash collected from

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Suppliers supply

Sale of TVs on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


TVs on credit

account

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

customers




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

-20 days +30 days + 60 days

In the above all cases one could see how much retained earnings are available

for dividends.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Importance of operating cycle:

If a company can shorten the operating cycle, cash can accumulate more

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

quickly, and due to the time value of money, there should be a positive impact

on the share value. Holding everything else constant, an investor would prefer a

company with a short operating cycle to a similar company with a longer

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


operational cycle.

The formula to calculate operating cycle:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Operating cycle = Age of inventory + collection period

Net operating cycle = Age of inventory + collection period ? deferred payments

For calculating net operating cycle, various conversion periods may be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

calculated as follows:

Raw material cycle period (RMCP)

= (Average Raw material stock/Total raw material Consumable) x 365

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Working progress cycle period (WPCP)

= (Average work in progress/Total cost of Production) x 365

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Finished goods cycle period (FGCP)

= (Average finished goods/Total cost of goods Sold) x 365


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


261

Accounts receivable cycle period (ARCP)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

= (Average Account receivable/Total of sales) x 365

Accounts payable cycle period (APCP)
= (Average account payable/Total credit purchase) x 365

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

where, Total credit purchase = cost of goods sold + ending inventory ?
beginning of inventory

For above calculations, the following points are essential:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. The average value is the average of opening balance and closing balance

of the respective items. In case the opening balance is not available, only the

closing balance is taken as the average.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2. The figure 365 represents number of days in a year. Sometimes even 360

days are considered.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3. The calculation of RMCP, WPCP and FGCP the denomination is taken

as the total cost raw material consumable, total cost of production total, cost of

goods sold respectively since they form respective end products.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


On the basis of the above, the operating cycle period:

Total operating cycle period (TOCP) = RMCP + WPCP + FGCP + ARCP
Net operating cycle period(NOCP) = TOCP-DP(deferred payment)(APCP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The operating cycle for individual components are not constant in the

growth of the business. They keep on changing from time to time, particularly

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the Receivable Cycle Period and the Deferred Payment. But the company tries

to retain the Net Operating Cycle Period as constant or even less by applying

some requirements such as inventory control and latest technology in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


production. Therefore regular attention on the firm's operating cycle for a period

with the previous period and with that of the industrial average cycle period may

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

help in maintaining and controlling the length of the operating cycle.




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



262
Example 2:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Gee Pee, a trading organization has supplied the following information.
Calculate the operating period.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Amount(Rs.)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Total sales



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

500 lakhs

Cost elements are Materials 70%, overheads 20%
Average stock of merchandise inventory

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





10 lakhs

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Average debtors



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

25 lakhs

Average creditors


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

14.6 lakhs


Solution:
Merchandise inventory holding period (10/450)x360 = 8 days

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Debtors holding period (25/500)x360 = 18 days
Less: Creditors availing period 14.6/350x360 = (15) days



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




11 days

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Note: Total cost of merchandise inventory = 500 x (90 /100) = 450


Total cost of material purchased = 500 x (70 / 100) = 350

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Example 3:



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



From the following data of a trading company compute the realisation period
(operating cycle)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Rs. in lakhs

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Average inventories


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




13.0

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Average Debtors 22.5

Average Creditors 14.0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Purchases 240.0


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Cost of goods sold 260.0



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Sales 300.0


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Solution:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Inventory holding period

(13/260)x360 = 18 days

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Debtors holding period

(22.5/300)x360 = 27 days

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Less:Availing creditors extending loan period(14/240)x360 = (21) days

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Realisation period 24 days

MANUFACTURING CYCLE:

In the case of manufacturing company the operating cycle refers to the time

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


involvement from cash through the following events and again leading to

collection of cash.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



263


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Cash Purchase of raw materials

Work-in-progress

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Finished goods Debtors

Bills receivable Cash


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Operating cycle of a manufacturing concern starts from cash to purchase

of raw materials, conversion of work in progress into finished goods, conversion

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

of finished goods into Bills Receivable and conversion of Bills Receivable into

cash. In the other words the operating cycle is the number of days from cash to

inventory to accounts receivable back to cash. The operating cycle denotes how

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


long cash is tied up in inventories and receivables. If the operating cycle requires

a longer time span between cash to cash, the requirement of working capital will

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

be more because of the huge funds required in all the process. If there is any

delay in a particular process there will be further increase in the working capital

requirement. A long operating cycle means that less cash is available to meet

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


short-term allegations. A distillery has to make a heavy investment in working

capital rather than a bakery, which has a low working capital.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Forecasting/estimate of working capital requirement

"Working capital is the life-blood and the controlling nerve centre of a

business". No business can run successfully without an adequate amount of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


working capital. To avoid the shortage in working capital, an estimate of

working capital requirements should be made in advance so that arrangements

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

can be made to procure adequate working capital.

Suggested proforma for estimation of working capital requirements are

given below:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Statement of working capital requirements

Amount(Rs.) Amount(Rs.)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Current Assets
1.Stock of Raw materials



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




-------

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

2.Work-in-progress (for ... months)




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




a) Raw materials

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

--------



264

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Direct labour

--------

c) Overheads

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




-------- -------

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3.Stock of finished goods -------
4.Debtors



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

-------

Less: Current liabilities


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




i. Creditors

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





--------

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




ii. Lag in payment of expenses

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





--------

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


iii. Others (if any)



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



-------- -------

Working capital (C.A.- C.L.) -------

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Add: Provision/Margin for contingencies



-------

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Net working capital required = -------


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Notes:
Profits should be ignored while calculating working capital requirements for the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

following reasons:

Profits may or may not be used as working capital.
Even if profits are to be used for working capital it has to be reduced by

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the amount of income tax, drawings, dividends paid etc.

Calculation of work-in progress depends upon its degree of completion as

regards to material, labour and overheads. However, if nothing is given in

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a question as regards to the degree of completion, we suggest the students
to take 100% cost of material, labour and overheads.

Calculation for stocks of finished goods and debtors should be made at

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

cost unless otherwise asked in the question.



Example 4.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


You are provided with the following information in respect of XYZ Ltd. For the
ensuing year:


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Production for the year




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




69,000 units

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Finished goods in store




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




3 months

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Raw material in store




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

2 months

Production process


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1 month

Credit allowed by creditors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



2 months

Credit given to debtors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



3 months

Selling price per unit

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Rs. 50

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




265

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Raw material




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



50% of selling price

Direct wages

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


10% of selling price

Overheads

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




20% of selling price

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

There is a regular production and sales cycle and wages and overheads

accrue evenly. Wages are paid in the next month of accrual. Material is

introduced in the beginning of production cycle.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


You are required to find out:

(1) Its working capital requirement
(2) Its permissible bank borrowing as per 1st and 2nd method of lending.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




(Please refer lesson 4 unit 5)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Solution:

-Statement of working capital requirement:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Current assets


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs.

Raw materials stock (69000 x 25 x 2/12)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





2,87,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Working progress:

1. Raw materials (69,000 x 25 x 1/2) 1,43,750
2. Direct wages (69,000 x 5 x 1/24) 14,375

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Overhead (69,000 x 10 x 1/24)

28,750

1,86,875

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Finished goods: (69000x40x3/12)



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



6,90,000

Debtors: (69,000x40x3/12)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

6,90,000




--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




18,54,375

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Current Liabilities:

Creditors Raw materials 69,000 x25x2/12 2,87,500

Outstanding Wages 69,000 x 5 x 1/12 28,750

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3,16,250



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Working capital requirement

= 15,38,125

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Assumptions: Debtors are taken at cost price not at selling price.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Working capital requirement

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

First lending method

Amount(Rs.) Second lending method Amount(Rs.)

Working

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


capital

Working

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

capital

requirement

15,38,125

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


requirement

15,38,125

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Less: 25% Margin of



Less: 25% Margin

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




above

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3,84,531

of current asset

4,63,594

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1854375 x 25/100

Bank Borrowing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

11,53,594

Bank Borrowing

10,74,531

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




266
(The above calculations are made on the basis of Tandon Committee. Please

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

refer lesson 4)

Example 5

A proforma cost sheet of a company provides the following particular:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Element of cost:


Material

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


40%



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Direct labour




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

20%



Overheads

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20%



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



The following further particular are available:

(a) It is proposed to maintain a level of activity of 2,00,000 Units

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(b) Selling price is Rs. 12 per unit.
(c) Raw material are expected to remain in stores for an average period of

one month

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(d) Materials will be in process, on an average for half a month.
(e) Finished goods are required to be in stock for an average period of one

month.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(f) Credit allowed to debtors is two months
(g) Credit allowed by suppliers is one month.

You may assume that sales and production follow a consistent pattern.
You are required to prepare a statement of working capital requirement,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a forecast profit and loss account and balance sheet of the company
assuming that:



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Amount(Rs.)

Share capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

15,00,000

8% Debentures


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2,00,000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Fixed Asset



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

13,00,000

Solution:

Statement of working capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Particular

Rs.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs.

Current asset:


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Stock of raw material (1 month) 24,00,000 X40

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



80,000

100 x 12

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Work-in-progress (1/2 month):




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Material 24,00,000 x 40

40,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



100 x 24


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Labour 24,00,000 x 20

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

20,000



100 x 24

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Overheads 24,00,000 x 20

20,000


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


100 x 24



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

80,000



267

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Stock of finished goods (1 month)



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



Material 24,00,000 x 40

80,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




100 x 12

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





Labour 24,00,000 x 20

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


40,000



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

100 x 12




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Overheads 24,00,000 x 20

40,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



100 x 12


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1,60,000



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





Debtors (2 months) at cost

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Material

1,60,000


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Labour

80,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Overheads

80,000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Less: Current Liabilities

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



3,20,000


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


6,40,000

Creditors (1 month) for raw material 24,00,000 x40

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



100 x 12

80,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





268

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



LESSON 3


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Sources of working capital



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

LESSON OUTLINE


1.Permanent sources
2.Long-term sources

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3.Medium-term sources
4.Short-term sources

A. Spontaneous sources

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Trade credit

i. Open account

ii. Bills payable

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


b) Accrued expenses

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

B. Bank loans



a) Cash credit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


After reading this lesson you should be

b) Overdraft

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

able to tell

c) Bill purchasing and bill

How to finance working capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


discounting

through permanent and long-term

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C. Other sources

sources?

a) Factoring

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


How short-term sources are cheaper

i. Recourse factoring

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

than long-term sources?

ii. Non-recourse

What is working capital term loan

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


factoring

and how it works?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

iii. Others ? Advanced

What are the different short-term

and maturity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


sources of working capital?

factoring

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

How factoring becomes an important

b) Commercial papers

source of working capital and how it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


c) Intercorporate deposits

works?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



269

Introduction:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Once the financial manager has estimated to invest in current assets like raw

material, working-in-progress, finished goods, debtors etc. the next step is, he

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

must arrange for funds for working capital. Working capital management refers

not only to estimating working capital requirement but also includes the process

of bifurcating the total working capital requirement into permanent working

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


capital and temporary working capital. The permanent working capital should be

financed by arranging funds from long-term sources such as issue of shares,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

debentures and long-term loans. Financing of working capital from long term

resources provide the following benefits:

(1) It reduces risk, since the need to repay loans at frequent intervals is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


eliminated.

(2) It increases liquidity since the firms need not worry about the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

payment of these funds in the near future.



Temporary WC

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Amount of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Short Term sources

Working


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Capital



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Permanent WC
Long Term sources

Total WC

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Time

The temporary working capital requirement should be financed from

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


short-term sources such as borrowing loan from banks, creditors, factoring etc.

The financing of working capital through short-term sources of funds has the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

benefit of lower cost and establishing close relationship with the banks.



270

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The finance manager has to make use of both long-term and short-term

sources of funds in a way that the overall cost of working capital is the lowest

and the funds are available on time and for the period they are really needed.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Before going to see in detail about working capital finance, first let us see what

are the different sources of finance available for the company and also see what

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

are the sources particularly available to working capital.



Sources of working capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Permanent sources Long-term sources

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Medium-term sources Short-term sources



(a) Share capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


(a) Rede.Pref. Shares

(a) Working capital term

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(b) Retained Earnings (b) Debentures

loans


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


(c) Long-term loans

(b) Public fixed deposits

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





(c) Medium term loans

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Chart showing different sources of finance available for working capital

Now let us discuss in detail the various sources of finance, which are

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


mainly available for working capital and their relative merits and demerits. The

financial manager must look into different aspects such as cost, flexibility,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

reliability and restrictions whenever he selects sources of finance.

1.Financing through permanent sources:

Permanent sources of working capital should be provided in such a manner that

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the enterprise might have its uninterrupted use for an unlimited duration. It can

be conveniently financed by the following sources:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


271

a. Issue of shares:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Issue of shares is the most important sources for raising the permanent working

capital. Shares are of two types ? Equity shares and preference shares.

Maximum amount of permanent working capital should be raised by the issue of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


equity shares.

b. Retained earnings:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

It means the reinvestment by a concern of its surplus earning in its business.

This is, a part of the earned profits may be ploughed back by the firm, in

meeting their working capital needs. It is an internal source of finance and is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


most suitable.

2. Financing through long-term sources:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The fund, which is required for 7 to 20 years and above, is called long-term

funds. Financing of working capital through long-term sources provides

reduction of risk and increases the liquidity. These long-term sources can be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


raised through the following methods:

a. Redeemable preference shares:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Preference shares are those, which carry the following preferential rights over
other classes of shares:

(i) A preferential right to payment of fixed dividend over equity shareholder.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(ii) A preferential right to repayment of capital in case of winding up of the
company to other classes of shares.

Redeemable preference shares are those, which can be redeemed during the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

lifetime of the company. According to the companies (Amendment) Act, 1996,



272

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

w.e.f. March 1997, no company can now issue preference shares, which are

irredeemable or are redeemable after 20 years from the date of their issue.

b. Debentures:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


A debenture is an instrument issued by the company acknowledging its debt to

its holder. It is also an important source of long-term working capital. The firm

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

issuing debenture also enjoys a number of benefits, such as trading on equity,

retention of control, tax benefit etc.

c. Long-term loans:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Financing institutions such as commercial banks, life insurance corporation of

India, industrial finance corporation of India, state financial corporations,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

industrial development bank of India etc. provide long-term and medium-term

loans. This type of finance is ordinarily repayable in instalments.

3. Financing through medium-term sources.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The funds, which are basically required for a period of 2 to 5 years, are called

medium-term funds. Previously the commercial banks were concentrating on

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

short-term and medium-term loans in the form of working capital loans whereas

the financial institutions like IDBI, ICICI, IFCI were concentrating on long-term

funds. But, recently, the commercial banks have also entered into providing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


medium-term as well as long-term funds to trade and industry, either

independently, or sometimes, in collaboration with one or more specialized

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

financing institutions. The medium-term funds can be raised through the

following methods:


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




273

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

a. Working capital term loans:

It refers to the quantum of credit that a bank should disburse. Tandon committee

suggested three methods of lending which banks generally follow the second

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


method of lending. As per this method, the borrower will have to contribute

25% of the total current assets. The remaining working capital gap will be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

funded by bank borrowings. Where borrower fails to bring such additional

funds, the banks usually sanction "Working capital term loans" which the

borrower is to repay in a phased manner. Such repayment time allowed is a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


maximum of five years. To put a pressure on the borrower for early repayment

of such loan, the banks generally charge 1% higher rate on such loans over and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

above rates charged in cash credit account. However, such excess charge of

interest is entirely in the jurisdiction of the bank, which may discriminate

between borrowers depending financial status and future project of the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


concerned borrower.

The concept of "Working capital term loan" has been introduced by

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Chore committee, which was appointed for reviewing working capital lending

by banks subsequent to introduction of recommendation of Tandon committee.

b. Public fixed deposits:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Public deposits are the fixed deposits accepted by a business enterprise directly

from public deposit as source finance have a large number of advantages such as

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

simple and convenient source of finance, Taxation benefits, inexpensive sources

of finance etc.


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

274
c. Medium term loans:

These loans are generally provided by banks or financial institutions. The period

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

of loans vary from 3 to 7 years. The investment of these loans from funds is in

plant and machinery, vehicle and certain other equipments. The procedures of

granting such loan may not be as high as in case of long-term loans. Besides, in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


most cases consortium finance may not be required. In case of long-terms, the

funds are invested in freehold land or in long leased land since their period of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

loan vary from 7 years to 20 years. Thus the difference between medium term

loans and long-term loans may be termed as of degree rather than of kind.

4. Financing working capital through short-term sources:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Funds available for a period of one year or less are called short-term sources of

finance. They are raised from sources, which can provide funds only for short

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

period quickly, and its cost is less than the funds raised from long-term sources.

These funds are usually met by taking short-term loans or getting the bills

discounting from the commercial banks. Spontaneous sources and bank loans

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


are important sources of short-term funds. They are explained in detail below:



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Short-term Sources




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Spontaneous sources

Bank Loans

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Other Sources



I. Spontaneous Sources:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Some sources of funds, which are created during the course of normal business

activity have zero cost and are termed as spontaneous sources. For example

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



275

suppliers supply goods, employees provide services where the payment are

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


made at a latter stage. To an extent, the payment is delayed and the funds are

made available to the firm. These are called trade liabilities or current liabilities.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The two important spontaneous sources of short-term finance are (a). Trade

credit and (b). Outstanding expenses / accrued expenses. These are explained in

detail below:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Spontaneous sources

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Trade credit

Outstanding /

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


accrued expenses



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Open Account

Bills Payable

1.Salary

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2.Wages



3. Sales tax

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Interest on debentures



5. Deposit by customers

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


A. Trade credit:

The credit extended in connection with the goods purchased for resale by a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

retailer or a wholesaler for materials used by manufacturers in producing its

products is called the trade credit.

Trade credit is a form of short-term financing common is almost all types

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


of business firm. As a matter of fact, it is the largest source of short-term funds.

The amount of such financing depends on the volume of purchase and the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

payment timings. Small and new firms are usually more dependent on the trade

credit, as they find it difficult to obtain funds from other sources. This trade

credit may be extended to the customers in the form of (a) An opening account

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


credit and (b) Acceptance credit management / bills payable.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

276
(i) Open account:

Trade credit is mostly an informal arrangement, and is granted on an open

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

account basis. Open account is usually extended only after the seller conducts a

fairly extensive investigation of the buyer's standard and reputation. In the case

of open account credit arrangement the buyer does not sign any formal debt

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


instrument as an evidence of the amount due by him to the seller. The only

evidence is the copy of the invoice that goods have been delivered. Open

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

account trade credit appears as Sundry creditors on the buyer's balance sheet in

the liability side.

(ii) Acceptance credit / Bills payable:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Trade credit may also take the form of Bills payable. In such a case the buyer

accepts a bill of exchange or gives a promissory note for the amount due by him

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

to the seller. This bill has specified future date, and is usually used when the

supplier is less sure about buyers willingness and ability to pay or when the

suppliers wants cash by discounting the bill from a bank. Thus, it is an

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


arrangement by which the indebtness of the buyer is recognized formally. This

appears in the buyer's balance sheet as accounts payable or bills payable.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Merits of trade credit:

1. Easy availability: Unlike other sources of finance trade credit as a

source of finance relatively easy to obtain. The easy availability is very

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


important in the case of small and medium firms where they cannot raise funds

in the capital market.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



277

2. Flexibility: The trade credit increases or decreases depending upon the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


growth of the firm. Moreover it need not pledge securities or adhere to strict

payment schedule.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Informality: Trade credit is an informal spontaneous source of finance.

It does not require to sign in the negotiable instruments to obtain the credit.

Demerits of trade credit:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Increased cost: The trade credit is usually very high when compared to

cash sales. The seller while fixing the selling price will consider all
explicit and implicit costs.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


2. Overtrading: Trade credit facility may induce the buyer to buy a large

quantity as a result it may occur in over trade.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

B. Accrued expenses:

Another spontaneous source of short-term financing is the accrued expenses as

the outstanding expense liabilities. Accrued expenses refer to services received

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


by the firm but the payment for which has not been made. The accrued expenses

represent an interest free source of finance. There is no explicit and implicit cost

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

included in the accrued expenses. The most common accrued expenses are

salary, wages and taxes. In these cases the amount may be due but the payments

are not paid immediately. For example, a firm having a policy of paying salary

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


and wages on a monthly basis. Similarly, the sales commission or target

incentives, sales tax etc. are always payable with a time lag. The interest on

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

debentures and borrowings is also payable periodically and thereby provide

funds to the firms for the intervening period between two interest rates.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

278
Merits:

Interest free cost: The accrued expenses are interest free sources of financing.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

It is consistent with the general philosophy of paying the creditors as late as

possible as long as the firm does not damage its credit rating.

Demerits:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Postponement of salary and wages beyond normal level will affect the morale of

the employees, resulting in reduced efficiency and higher labour turnover.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

II. Bank Loans:

The bank loans, in general, are a short-term financing say for a year or so. This

short-term financing to business firm is regarded as self-liquidating. It means,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


banks routinely provide finance to meet the seasonal demand e.g., to cover the

seasonal increase in inventories or receivables. Sometimes, the banks may

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

approve separate limits for peak season and non-peak season. The main sources

of short-term funds are cash credit, overdraft and bill discounting.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Bank Loans



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Cash Credit

Overdraft

Bills purchasing and bills

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




discounting

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Types of Bank Loans:

In India banks provide financial assistance for working capital in different

shapes and forms. The usual form of bank loans are as follows:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




279

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a. Cash credit: Cash credit arrangements are usually made against the security

of commodities hypothecated with the bank. It is an arrangement by which a

banker allows his customer to borrow money upto a certain limit. The interest is

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


charged at the specified rate on the amount withdrawn and for the relevant

period.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

b. Overdraft: A firm, already having a current account with a banker is allowed

to withdraw above the balance in the current account. The amount so overdrawn

may be repaid by depositing back in the current account as and when the firm

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


wants. The firm need not get permission from the banker every time it is

overdrawing but one time approval is necessary. However a bank can review

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

and modify the overdraft limit at any time. A cash credit differs from an

overdraft in the sense that the former is used for long-term by commercial and

industrial concerns during regular business while the latter is supposed to be a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


form of bank credit to be used occasionally and for shorter durations.

c. Bills discount and bills purchased: The banks also give short-term advances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to their customers by discounting the bills of exchange. The discount depends

upon the amount of the bill, the maturity period and the prime-lending rate

prevailing at that time. The bills may be payable on demand or on maturity.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Whenever bills payable on demand is discounted, it is called bills purchased,

and when the bills payable at maturity is discounted by bank, it is called bills

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

discounting.

Merits:

1. Low cost: Bank loans provided by the commercial banks are generally

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


cheaper as compared to any other source of short-term finance.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

280
2. Flexibility: Since the banks are providing loans by deferred schemes of

finance, considerable flexibility can be maintained.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




III. Other sources:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Other sources


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




Factoring

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Commercial papers

Intercorporate deposits

a. Factoring:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


In case of credit sales, it attracts more customers, resulting in increased sales and

higher profit, but it has a cost also. This cost may be of two types, namely

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

investment cost and administrative cost. Moreover, the sellers have to raise

funds from various sources in order to finance the receivables. While

maintaining receivables, a firm may have to face two types of problems. First,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the problem of raising funds to finance the receivables, and second the problem

relating to collection, delay and defaults of the receivables. If the firm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

concentrates on managing funds and receivables, it cannot concentrate on other

functions like finance, production, marketing, personal etc. Under this situation

a firm can avail the services of a specialist organization engaged in receivables

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


management. These specialist firms are known as factoring firms.


Definition:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Factoring is a service that covers the financing and collection of account

receivables in domestic and international trade.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Factoring may be defined as the relationship between the seller of the

goods and a financial firm, called the factor, whereby the latter purchases the

receivables from the former and also administers the receivables of the former.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




281

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Factoring is an ongoing arrangement between client and factor, where

invoices raised on open account sales of goods and services are regularly

assigned to `the Factor' for financing, collection and sales ledger administration.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Factoring is a financing technique in which a business sells invoiced

receivables at a discount to a bank or a financing house or to an internal finance

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

company. The factor may or may not accept the incumbent credit risk. This is a

service offered by a factoring company that enables companies to sell their

outstanding book debts for cash.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Companies benefiting from factoring:

Companies that typically benefit from factoring include those that rapidly grow,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


seasonal, in start up mode, under capitalized, those that have a lengthy

manufacturing cycle, those strained by slow turnovers of receivables, hurt by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

high bad debt losses and those saddled with a large customer concentration.

How it works:

The factor fully manages your sales ledger and provides you with credit control

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


and collection services of all your outstanding debts. The invoices you issue

upon a sale are sent to the factor that typically advances upto 80% to 90% of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the invoice amount to you. The balance, less charge, is paid when the customer

makes payment directly to the factor. These services are disclosed to your

customer who typically receives a letter from the factor, or attached note to your

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


invoice, containing payment instructions to the factor. Funds are typically

released to you with in 24 hours of issuing the invoices.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



282
Cost involvement in factoring:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

a. Monetary Costs:

The factors are providing advances to their client upto 80% to 90% of the

invoice amount within 24 hours of issuing invoices. For this cash advance they

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


are charging interest. The interest charges calculated on the daily usage of funds

are typically comparable to normal secured bank overdraft rates.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. Service Charges:

The charge, which is known as service charge, is expressed as a percentage of

sales factored. The service charge, covering sale ledger management, collection

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


services, and bad debts protection can range between 0.60% and 3.0% of

turnover.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Types of Factoring:

Factoring is a financial service provided by a factor firm to the client seller. The

type of factoring depends upon the terms and conditions on which the services

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


are provided, it is classified as follows:



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Factoring


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Recourse factoring

Non-recourse factoring /

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Others



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


No risk

Advanced

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Maturity factoring

Involves risk

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


factoring



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Types of fact oring

1. Recourse factoring: This refers to those situations where factor firms assume

only the work of collection of the receivables. They do not take any

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


responsibility of bad debts i.e. any loss due to delay or default by the

receivables is borne by the selling firms. In case the factor firm has already

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



283

given advance to the selling firm against the receivable, then the seller firm

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


should reduce the advance to the factor firm in case of default by the customer.

2. Non-recourse factoring: It is also known as full factoring. Non-recourse

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

factoring protects against customers who fail to pay. The basic feature of non-

recourse factoring is that the risk of default is born by the factor firm and the

selling firms in any case receives the sales amount. Thus the factor typically

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


covers this risk by taking out credit insurance. The cost of the credit insurance

is passed on to the selling firm and depends on the risk profile of your customer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and the amount of your factor is typically between 0.3% and 0.7% of turnover.

The coverage limit with the factor is normally 80% - 95% of the factored

amount.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Other types of factoring: Factoring may be advanced factoring or maturity

factoring. In the case of advance factoring 80 ? 90% of the receivable is paid by

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the factor to the seller within 24 hours of issue of invoice and the balance less

charges payable at the time of collection of receivables. In the case of maturity

factoring no advance is payable to the seller, rather the payment is made only

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


after collection from the customers.

Factoring vs. invoice discounting: If the business is already large enough to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

afford the staff and information system to efficiently manage the outstanding

invoices, then the firm may want to consider an invoice discounting rather than

factoring. It is identical to factoring except that in the sales ledger management

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the collection responsibility remains with the firm and the service is undisclosed

to the customer.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




284
Factoring and internet:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Many factoring companies provide Internet access to the seller, allowing you to

constantly monitor your sales ledger, balances, and individual customer details.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Paperwork can be eliminated by electronic transfer of your invoices.

Benefits of factoring:

1. Better working capital management: Since there is instant cash and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


80-90% of issued invoices are prepaid within 24 hours the problem of additional

working capital required to match sales growth does not arise at all.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Management of receivables: Sales ledger management and debt

collection is done by the factoring company.

3. Improved growth: Firm borrows based on sales activity so firm can

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


automatically set up to finance the growth of the company.

4. Flexibility with financing: Factoring reveals and often replaces the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

traditional bank overdraft. In addition to all the credit management services, a

factoring facility grows with the business and does not need renegotiating every

time an increase is required.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5. Better risk management: In case of non - recourse factoring, the risk of

default is born by the factor firm and the selling firm does not assume any risk in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

connection with collection of money from the customers.

Factoring in India:

Factoring in India is of recent origin. In order to study the feasibility of factoring

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


services in India the RBI constituted a committee in January 1988. The

committee submitted its response in January 1989 and RBI accepted its

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

recommendation with specific guidelines permitting banks to start factoring in

India through their subsidiaries.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


In India, factoring is still not very common and only a few commercial

banks have established factoring agencies. The first factoring i.e. the SBI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



285

commercial and factoring services Ltd started working in April 1991. This

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


company looks after the business of Western India. The business of Northern

India, Southern India and Eastern India are being looked after by Punjab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

national bank, Canara bank and Allahabad bank respectively. Honkong and

Shangai Banking Corporation (HSBC) currently offers both domestic and

international factoring. When such banks are fully in operation, it will be a boon

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


to specially small and medium sections.

Forfaiting:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

In February 1992, the RBI issued guidelines for the introduction of forfaiting,

which refers to factoring of export receivables. It refers to discounting of future

trade related receivables under credit, made available by exporters to the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


customers.

b. Commercial Papers (CPs).

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Commercial Papers are debt instruments issued by corporates for raising short-

term resources from the money market. These are unsecured debts of corporates.

They are issued in the form of promissory notes, redeemable at par to the holder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


at maturity. Only corporates who get an investment grade rating can issue CPs

as per RBI rules. Though CPs are issued by corporates, they could be good

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

investments if proper caution is exercised.


c. Inter Corporate Deposits (ICD)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Sometimes, the companies borrow funds for a short-term period; say up to six

months, from other companies, which have surplus liquidity for the time being.

The ICD are generally unsecured and are arranged by a financier. The ICD are

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


very common and popular in practice, as these are not influenced by the legal

hassles. The convenience is the basic virtue of this method of financing. There is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

no regulation at present in India to regulate these ICD. Moreover, these are not



286

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

covered by the section 58A of the companies Act, 1956, as the ICD are not for

long term.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Key words:


Trade creditor is a source of funds available from the supplies, supplying the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

goods on credit.
Open account, which refers to supply of goods on credit. But the buyer does not
sign any formal debt instrument evidencing the amount due.
Accrued expenses is a spontaneous source of short-term financing referred to
the services availed by the firm, but the payment for which has not yet been

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

made.
Spontaneous sources of funds are those, which occur and result from the course
of normal business activity. The cost of these funds is almost nil.
Permanent sources of funds which are available to the company until the
company is alive.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Short-term sources of funds, which are available to the company for less than
12 months.
Bank overdraft is a short-term source available to the customer. A customer
can withdraw over and above the balance in the current account
Credit insurance - Insurance in case the customer fails to pay the invoice. In

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

these situations payment for bad debts are received upto pre determined limits.
Factoring - Instant cash upon issuing invoices on sales ledger.
Non-recourse Factoring - If the customers fail to pay the invoices, the factors
will pay. Hence we pay an additional charge to cover the credit insurance costs.
Recourse Factoring - If the customers fail to pay their invoices, the factors will

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

look for reimbursement of any amounts advanced against the invoice. The
service excludes bad debts protection.



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





287

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


288
Self-assessment Questions/Exercises


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is factoring and explain the benefits of factoring?

2. What are the sources of short-term working capital?

3. What is the difference between factoring and invoice discounting?

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4. What is the difference between recourse and non-recourse factoring?

5. How much of the invoice amount is advanced in factoring?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the various sources of working capital funds.

7. Whether working capital should be met from short-term or long-term

capital.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


8. If a firm has a constant requirement of working capital throughout the

year, which of the three financing plan is preferable? Why?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

9. Discuss the new trends in financing of working capital by banks

10. Examine the role of bank credit in financing of working capital. What

are the types of bank credit?

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


11. What is a medium term loan? Name some of them.

12. Write notes on: a) Public fixed deposit, b) Working capital term loans

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

13. Write notes on: a) Bank loan, b) Trade credit, c) Cash credit and

overdraft, d) Bill discounting, e) Commercial paper.

14. Explain the concept of factoring. What are its different types?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




289

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

LESSON 4



Working Capital and Banking Policy

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LESSON OUTLINE

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Dehejia committee 1969
2. Tandon committee reports

1974

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Lending practices

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

a) Inventory and receivable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




norms

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

After reading this lesson you should be

b) Maximum permissible

bank finance

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


able to

i. First method of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

lending

ii. Second method of

Understand

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


why

banks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

are

lending

charging different interest rates for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


iii. Third method of

long-term and short-term loans.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

lending

Understand the recommendations

c) Style of credit

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


of different committees for working

d) Information and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

capital.

reporting system

Identify

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the

Maximum

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Chore committee reports

Permissible Bank Finance (MPBF)

1980

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


for working capital requirements.

4. Marathe committee reports

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Estimate maximum permissible

1982

bank finance available under different

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5. Chakravarthy committee

methods of lending.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

reports 1985

Know recent trends adopted by

6. Kannan committee reports

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


RBI with regards to working capital.

1997

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

How to regulate working capital

7. Recent RBI guidelines

finance under the FAST TRACK

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

SYSTEM?
What is the working capital
policy in liberalized scenario?


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




290
Need for working capital banking policy?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Banks provide finance to industrial entrepreneurs in India, in addition to

financial institutions. They provide finance in two ways ? long-term loans to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

invest in the permanent assets and short-term loans for working capital finance.

However the interest rates are different for the two different loans ? a higher

interest rate for long-term loans and a lower interest rate for working capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


loans. This is because of two reasons. One, the long-term loans carry high risk

and more administrative cost; second, when banks accept deposits from the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

public they pay higher interest for long-term deposits than for short-term

Comment [m1]: Fixed?

deposits. By taking the advantage of the low interest rates for working capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


loans, invariably most of the industrial entrepreneurs entered different banks for

the same purpose and borrow funds from these banks. After using the short-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Comment [m2]:

term loans for working capital, they diverted to fixed assets also since it carries

low interest rate than long-term loans. This results in low economic growth,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Comment [m3]:

loss for the banks and also failure of the individual entrepreneurs to grow. Hence

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the bank credit working capital has been subjected to various rules, regulations

and controls. The RBI has appointed different study groups from time to time to

suggest ways and means of making the bank credit an effective instrument for

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


economic growth, industrialization as well as to improve the profit of the

banking sectors. The current chapter discusses the various committees

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

constituted by the RBI for the purpose of providing working capital finance.

Reports submitted by the following committees are significant in this respect:

1. Dehejia Committee Report 1969.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2. Tandon Committee Report 1974.
3. Chore Committee Report 1980.
4. Marathe Committee Report 1982.
5. Chakravarthy Committee Report 1985.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



291

6. Kannan Committee Report 1997.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


1. Dehejia Committee:

A study group under the chairmanship of V.T. Dehejia was constituted in 1968

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

in order to determine " the extent to which credit needs of industry and trade

were inflated and to suggest ways and means of curbing this phenomenon". The

committee submitted its reports in September 1969.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Findings: The important findings of the committee are given below.

1. Higher growth rate of bank credit to industry than the rise in industrial

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

output.

2. Banks in general sanctioned working capital loans to the industry

without properly assessing their needs based on projected financial

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

statements.

3. There was also a tendency on the part of industry to divert short-term

bank credit to some extent for acquiring fixed assets and for other

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

purposes.

4. The present lending system facilitated industrial units to rely on short-

term bank credit to finance for fixed assets.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Recommendations: On the basis of the above findings the following

recommendations were made by Dehejia Committee to bring about

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

improvements in the lending system:

1. Credit application should be appraised by the bankers with reference to

present and projected total financial position as shown by cash flow analysis and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

forecast submitted by borrowers.

2. The total cash credit requirement is divided into two parts namely (i)

Hard core components representing the minimum level of raw materials,

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

finished goods and stores which the industry requires for maintaining a given
level of production and which is made on a formal term loan basis. (ii) Short-
term components representing the fluctuating part of current assets.


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


292
3. In order to avoid the possibility of multiple financing, a customer should

deal with only one bank. However if the credit requirement is more the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

committee recommended the adoption of "Consortium arrangement".

The recommendations given by Dehejia Committee could not be

implemented, further in view of unprecedented inflation during 1974 the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


demand for bank credit rose sharply. Most of the banks had to freeze the credit

limit and therefore a need was felt to have a close look at the entire bank credit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system. A Committee was, therefore appointed by RBI in July 1974, under the

chairmanship of Shri P.L.Tandon.

2. Tandon Committee:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


A study group under the chairmanship of Shri P.L. Tandon was constituted in

1974 by the RBI in order to frame guidelines for bank credit. The terms of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

reference of the committee were as follows.

Terms of reference:

1. To suggest guidelines for commercial banks to follow up and supervise

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


credit from the point of view of ensuring proper end-use of funds and keeping a
watch on the safety of advances.

2. To make recommendations for obtaining periodical information that may

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


be obtained by banks from the borrower.

3. To make suggestions for prescribing inventory norms for different

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industries.

4. To suggest criteria regarding satisfactory capital structure and sound

financial basis in relation to borrowings.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5. To suggest whether the existing patterns of financing working capital

requirements by cash credit / overdraft system, etc. are required to be modified,
if so, to suggest modifications.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

293

Findings: On the basis of the reference given above, the committee studied the

existing system of working capital finance provided to industry and identified

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the following as its major weaknesses.

1. The banks do not have any credit appraisal or planning. It is the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

borrower who decides how much he would borrow.

2. The security-based approach to lending has led to division of funds to

purchase of fixed assets.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Bank credit is treated as the first source of finance rather than being

taken as a supplementary to other sources of finance.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. The working capital finance should be made available only for a short

period, as it has otherwise, led to accumulation of inventories with the industry.

Recommendations: The report was submitted on 9th August 1975 and it is a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


landmark in the history of financing working capital by commercial banks in

India. The Tandon Committee made comprehensive recommendation regarding

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the bank lending practices, which can be broadly classified into four groups'.

Important features of the Tandon Committee recommendations based on the

fixation of norms for bank lending to industry are as follows.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Norms for Bank Lending:

1. Inventory and receivable norms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The borrowers are allowed to keep reasonable current assets particularly

inventory and debtors. The normal current assets based on economic ordering

levels and certain level of safety, should be financed by banker. Finance to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


borrower in the form of working capital should not be made available for profit

making or to keep excess inventory. Similarly the bank should finance the bills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

receivable, which are in line with the practices of the borrower's industry. The

norms have been worked out according to the time element. The limit of the


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


294
raw materials is expressed as so many months of total consumption in the year.

The work-in-progress limit determined as so many months of cost of production,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


the finished goods and bills receivable limits are determined by cost of sales and

credit sales respectively. The Tandon Committee has suggested norms for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

fifteen industries.

2. Lending norms or Maximum Permissible Bank Finance (MPBF)

Tandon Committee introduced the concept of MPBF in the working capital

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


finance by banker. The Committee suggested that bank should attempt to

supplement the borrowers' resources in financing the current assets. It has

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

recommended that the current assets first should be financed by trade creditors

and other current liabilities. The remaining current assets, which is called

working capital gap, should be financed particularly by bankers in the form of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


bank credit and through long-term borrowings or owner's funds. In the context

of this approach, the committee has suggested three alternative methods for

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

working out the MPBF. Each successive method reduces the involvement of

short-term bank credit to finance the current assets.

First method:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


In the first method, 25% of the Working Capital Gap (CA- (CL excluding bank

borrowing)) should be contributed by borrower through long-term funds and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

remaining 75% can be financed from bank borrowings. This method will give a

minimum current ratio of 1.17:1. The term working capital gap refers to the

total of CA less CL other than bank borrowings. This can be understood with

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


the help of the following examples.



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

295

Example 1: Amount of maximum permissible bank borrowings as per the first
method can be ascertained as follows:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





Amount(Rs.)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Total CA required by the borrower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

50,000



Current liabilities (excluding bank borrowing)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


10,000



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Working Capital Gap

40,000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Less: 25% from borrower through long-term source 10,000




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


-------

Maximum Permissible bank borrowing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





30,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




-------

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Second method:

Under this method the borrower should provide 25% of the total current assets
through long-term funds and this will give a current ratio of 1.33:1

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Example 2:

The maximum permissible bank borrowings as per second method can be
ascertained as follows: Amount(Rs.)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Total CA required by the borrower 50,000

Less: 25% to be provided by borrower through long-term funds 12,500

Less: Current liabilities (excluding bank borrowing) 10,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


----------
Maximum Permissible bank borrowing


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27,500

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

----------

Third method:

In this method the borrower should contribute from long-term sources to the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

extent of core current assets (Fixed Current assets) and 25% of the balance of
the current assets. The remaining of the working capital gap can be met from
bank borrowings. This method will further strengthen the current ratio.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


296
Example 3:

The maximum permissible bank borrowings as per the third method can be

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

ascertained as follows:




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Amount(Rs.)

Total CA required by the borrower 50,000
Less: Core current assets (assumed)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


4,000

Balance

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





46,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


25% to be provided by borrower through long-term funds

11,500

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Balance




--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


34,500

Less: Current liabilities (excluding bank borrowing) 10,000
----------

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Maximum permissible bank borrowing




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


24,500

----------
The committee recommended the first method mainly as a stop-gap method till

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


borrowers get used to the new approach of lending. The borrowers who are

already in the second method would not be allowed to revert to the first stage.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Hard Core Working Capital:

It also known as Core current assets or fixed current assets. Any organization

has to maintain minimum level of current assets throughout its existence as long

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


as production cycle continues. They are permanent in nature. Thus a minimum

amount of raw material, WIP, finished goods etc, that are required to be kept for

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

running a company are called hard core working capital. The hard core working

capital are like fixed assets such as machinery and building are for long-terms,

but the difference between them is that the same machinery and building

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


continues to exist but in case of elements of hard core working capital the level

of working capital remains same but not the exact raw material, WIP on finished

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

goods. These are replaced continuously by other items consisting of utmost

same value.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




297

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Reserve Bank's direction:

The RBI accepted the recommendations of the committee as a whole. It

instructed the commercial banks in 1976 to put all the borrowers having

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


aggregate credit limits from banking system in excess of Rs.10 lakhs, under the

first method lending.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Example 4:



Amount(Rs.) Amount(Rs.)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




Current Liabilities

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





Current Assets

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Sundry creditor

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



400


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Raw Materials

400

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Other sundry liabilities

100

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Working Progress

250

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Bank borrowing

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



500


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Finished Goods

180

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





Sundry debtors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


250



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



other current, asset

50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1000



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1130


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Thus current asset = Rs.1130, current liabilities(other than bank

borrowing) = Rs.500

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Find out MPBF and excess borrowings by the firm under the three methods of
lending.

Method 1

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(a) Total current assets




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1130

(b) Less: other current liabilities

(Excluding bank borrowings)

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

500

(c) Working capital gap


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



630

(d) Less: 25% margin on working capital gap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




157

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(To be funded from long-term sources)

(e) Maximum permissible bank finance (c-d)


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


473

(f) Excess Borrowing

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


27

(Bank Borrowing ?e = 500-473)

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





298

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Method 2



(a) Total current assets

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





1130

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




(b) Less: 25% margin on Total current assets 283

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(To be funded from long-term sources)



(c) Less other current liabilities

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





(Excluding bank borrowings)

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




500

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



(d) Maximum permissible bank Finance


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




347

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



(e) Excess Borrowings


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


153



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



(Bank Borrowing ? d = 500-347)

Method 3

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




(a) Total current assets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




1130

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



(b) Less: permanent current assets or core current assets 250

(To be funded from long-term sources)

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



(c) Effective current asset for this purpose


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




880

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



(d) Less: 25% of (c)(To be funded from long-term sources) 220


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



660


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(e) Less: other current liabilities



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



(Excluding bank borrowings)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




500

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



(f) Maximum permissible bank Finance


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




160

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



(g) Excess Borrowing (Bank Borrowing ? f = 500-160)

340

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---




It may be noted that demand from borrower for long-term fund is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

increasing as we go from Method 1 to Method 2 and to Method 3. It is Rs.157,

Rs.283 and Rs.470 ( 250+220 ) respectively in Method 1, Method 2 and

Method 3.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Suitability of lending method to bankers:

At present all sanctions of working capital by banks are based on Method 2.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Because the second method of lending is more acceptable to bankers since, it

provides more cushion to them as far as quantum of margin is concerned,

compared to first method of lending. Obviously the amount of maximum

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


permissible bank finance under the second method is lesser when compared to

the first method.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



299

3. Style of credit:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The Tandon committee also suggested that total MPBF should be bifurcated into

two components 1. Loan component, which represents the minimum level of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

borrowing throughout the year and 2. Demand cash credit component, which

would take care of the fluctuating needs and is required to be reviewed

periodically. The demand cash credit component should be charged slightly

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


higher interest rate than the loan components. This would provide the borrower

an incentive for better planning. Apart from the loan component and cash credit

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

component, a part of the total financing requirements should also be provided by

way of bills limit to finance the seller's receivables. The proposed system of

lending and the style of credit might be extended to all borrowers having credit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


limits in excess of Rs. 10 lakhs from the banking system.

4. Information and reporting system:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

In order to ensure that the borrowers do not use the cash credit facility in an

unplanned manner and they keep only required level inventories and

receivables, the committee suggested a new information system. Under this

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


system the borrowers are required to submit the following documents to the

bankers periodically.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(i) A copy of the audited financial statements at the end of each year.

(ii) A copy of a projected financial statement and funds flow statement for the

next year.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(iii) Quarterly budgeting cum reporting statements.

(iv) Monthly stock statement.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



300
The Tandon committee further suggested that the information system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

might be introduced to start with in respect of borrowers with limit of Rs1 crore

and above from the entire banking system and then extended progressively to

others.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


3. Chore committee:

Having implemented the recommendations of the Tandon committee, the RBI

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

constituted another working group under the chairmanship of Shri K.B. Chore,

Chief officer, Department of Banking operation and development, RBI.

Terms of reference:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


1. The committee was asked to review the cash credit system in recent

years with particular reference to the gap between sanctioned limit and the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

extent of their utilisation.

2. To suggest alternative types of credit facilities, which should ensure

greater credit discipline and enable the banks to relate credit limits to increase in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


output or other production activities.

Recommendations:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Continuation of existing credit:

The existing system of three types of lending namely, cash credits, loans and

bills should be retained.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. No bifurcation of credit limit:

Bifurcation of cash credit limit into a loan component and a fluctuating cash

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

credit component has not found acceptance either on the part of the banks or the



301

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


borrowers. Therefore the committee recommends withdrawing bifurcation of

accounts.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3. Separate limit for peak and non-peak level requirements:

The banks have been asked to fix separate credit limits wherever feasible for the

normal non-peak level and peak level credit requirements and indicate the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


periods during which the separate limits would be utilised by the borrowers. If,

however, there is no pronounced seasonal trend, peak-level and normal

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

requirements should be treated as identical and limits should be fixed on that

basis. It should be noted that peak-level and non-peak level concepts apply not

only to agriculture-based industry but also to certain other consumer industries

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


where the demand may have pronounced seasonal tendencies. Within the limits

sanctioned for the peak-level and non-peak level periods the borrowers should

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

indicate before the commencement of each quarter the requirements of funds

during that quarters. The statement so submitted by the borrowers should form

the basis for quarterly review of the accounts.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Submission of Quarterly Statements:

The quarterly statements should be submitted by all the borrowers enjoying

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

working capital limit of Rs.50 lakhs and above and they will have to bring

gradual additional contribution based on second method of lending as prescribed

by the Tandon Committee.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


4. Marathe committee:

The RBI, in 1982, appointed a committee under the chairmanship of Marathe to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

review the working of credit authorization scheme (CAS) and suggest

measure for giving meaningful direction to the credit management function of


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


302
the RBI. The RBI with some modifications has accepted the recommendations

of the committee.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Recommendations:

The principal recommendations of the Marathe committee include:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(1) The committee has declared the third method of lending as suggested by

the Tandon committee to be dropped, hence, in future, the banks would provide

credit for working capital according to the second method of lending.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


(2) The committee has suggested the introduction of the `Fast-Track

Scheme' to improve the quality of credit appraisal in banks. It recommended

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

that commercial banks can release without prior approval of the reserve bank

50% of the additional credit required by the borrowers (75% in case of export

oriented manufacturing units) where the following requirements are fulfilled:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(a) The estimate/projections in regard to production, sales, chargeable
current asset, current liabilities other than bank borrowings, and net working
capital are reasonable in terms of the past trends and assumptions regarding
most likely trends during the future projected period.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(b) The classification of assets and liabilities as `current' and `non-current'
is in conformity with the guidelines issued by the Reserve Bank of India.

(c) The projected current ratio is not below 1.33:1.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(d) The borrower has been submitting quarterly information and operating
statement (form 1, form 2, and 3) for the past six months within the
prescribed time and undertakes to do the same in future also.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(e) The borrower undertakes to submit to the banks his annual account
regularly and promptly. Further, the bank is required to review the
borrower's facilities at least once in a year even if the borrower does not
need enhancement in credit facilities.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


303

5. Chakravarthy committee:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

The Reserve Bank of India appointed another committee under the chairmanship

of Mr. Chakravarthy to review the working capital of the monetary system of

India. The committee submitted its report in April 1985. The committee made

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


two major recommendations in regard to the working capital finance

1. Penal Interest for Delayed Payment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The committee has suggested that the government must insist all public sectors

units, large private sector units and government departments must include penal

interest payment clause in their contracts for payment delayed beyond a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


specified period. The penal interest may be fixed at 2 percent higher than the

minimum lending rate of the supplier's bank.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2.Classification of credit limit under three different heads

The committee further suggested that the total credit limit to be sanctioned to a

borrower should be considered under the three different heads: (1) Cash credit I

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


to include supplies to government, (2) Cash credit II to cover special

circumstances and (3) Normal working capital limit to cover the balance credit

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

facilities. The interest rates proposed for the three heads are also different. Basic

lending rate of the bank should be charged to cash credit II, and the normal

working capital limit be charged as below:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




(a) For cash credit portion:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Maximum prevailing lending rate of the
bank.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

(b) For bill finance portion:

2% below the basic lending rate of the
bank.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



(c) For loan portion:

The rate may vary between the minimum

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

and maximum lending rate of the bank.



304

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Kannan committee:

In view of the ongoing liberalisation in the financial sector, the Indian Banks

Association (IBA) constituted a committee headed by shri. K.Kannan,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


chairmanship and managing director of bank of Baroda to examine all the

aspects of working capital finance including assessment of maximum

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

permissible bank finance (MPBF). The committee submitted its report on 25th

February 1997. It recommended that the arithmetical rigidities imposed by

Tandon committee (and reinforced by chore committee) in the form of MPBF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


computation so far in practice, should be scrapped. The committee further

recommended that freedom to each bank should be given in regard to evolving

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

its own system of working capital finance for a faster credit delivery so as to

serve various borrowers more effectively. It also suggested that line of credit

system (LCS), as prevalent in many advanced countries, should replace the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


existing system of assessment/fixation of sub-limits within total working capital

requirements. The committee proposed to shift emphasis from the liquidity level

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

lending (security based lending) to the cash deficit lending called desirable

bank finance (DBF). Some of the recommendations of the committee have

been already been accepted by the Reserve Bank of India with suitable

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


modifications.

Recommendations:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The important measures adopted by RBI in this respect are given below:

(1) Assessment of working capital finance based on the concept of MPBF, as

recommended by Tandon committee, has been withdrawn. The bank have been

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


given full freedom to evolve an appropriate system for assessing working



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

305

capital needs of the borrowers within the guidelines and norms already

prescribed by reserve bank of India.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


(2) The turnover method may continue to be used as a tool to assess the

requirement of small borrowers. For small scale and tiny industries, this method

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of assessment has been extended upto total credit limits of Rs 2 crore as against

existing limit of 1 crore.

(3) Banks may now adopt cash budgeting system for assessing the working

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


capital finance in respect of large borrowers.

(4) The banks have also been allowed to retain the present method of MPBF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

with necessary modification or any other system as they deem fit.

(5) Banks should lay down transparent policy and guidelines for credit

dispensation in respect of each broad category of economic activity.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


(6) The RBI's instrument relating to directed credit, quantitative limits on

lending and prohibitions of credit shall continue to be in force. The present

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

reporting system to RBI under the Credit Monitoring Arrangement (CMA) shall

also continue in force.


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Working Capital Assessment:

After dissolution of Tandon Committee guidelines (Known as Maximum

Permissible Bank finance ? MPBF), except state bank of India (SBI) which is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


the largest commercial bank in the country, no other bank has come out with any

guidelines for assessing the working capital. Most of the banks are virtually

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

following same MPBF with or without slight modification. Other banks are

very closely watching the SBI guidelines for slowly adopting the SBI guidelines

in one form or the other. The methods, which are being followed by the SBI, are

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


as follows.



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

306
(A) Projected Balance Sheet method: It is the statement, which provide

details regarding anticipated sales revenues, expense, assets and liabilities on a

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

future date. Out of this information a firm can easily project requirements of the

working capital.

(B) Cash budget method: It is primarily concerned with anticipated sources

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


and application of cash for future period. This is very useful to the management

to plan for raising adequate cash and appropriates investment of surplus cash. In

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

general the cash budgets are prepared on a monthly basis.

(C) Turnover method: This is a simple method of estimating working

capital requirements. According to this method, on the basis of past experience

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


between sales and working capital requirements, a ratio can be determined for

estimating the working capital requirements in future. For example, if the past

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

experience shows that working capital has been 25% of sales and it is estimated

that the sales for the next year would amount to Rs.1 lakh, the amount of

working capital requirement can be assessed as Rs. 25,000.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



RBI guidelines regarding working capital finance:

The concept of maximum permissible bank finance (MPBF) was introduced in

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


November 1975 as part of implementation of the recommendation of the Tandon

working group. Over the years, with the guidelines of Chore Committee,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Marathee Committee and Kannan Committee various improvements had been

brought about in the loan delivery system. Consistent with the policy of

liberalisation made during 1990s, greater operational freedom has been provided

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


to banks to evolve their own methods of assessing the working capital

requirements of the borrowers within the prudential guidelines for financing

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

working capital needs. Accordingly the RBI has withdrawn (w e f. 15th April

1997) the prescription in regard to assessment of working capital needs based on


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


307

the concept of MPBF enunciated by Tandon Working group. So, Working

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Capital finance henceforth will be determined only by the banks according to

their perception of the borrower and the credit needs.

Keywords:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Working capital gap refers to current assets minus current liabilities excluding
bank borrowing.

Maximum permissible bank finance indicates working capital from the bank

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

under short-term interest rate finance available to company.

Hard core working capital is a fixed current asset maintained by organization
throughout its existence as long as production cycle continues. They are
permanent in nature.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Self-assessment Questions/Exercises

1.Expalin the background and recommendation of tandon committee.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

2.What requirements are to be complied with by a borrower before he could be
placed on the fast track?

3. Outline the recommendations of the Marathe committee.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by working capital term loan? (WCTL)

5. What are the three alternative methods of working capital out of the
maximum permissible level of bank borrowings recommended by the tandon
committee? 6. Enumerate any five of the main recommendation of "chore

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

committee" as accepted by reserve bank of India.

7. Write short note on hard-core working capital.

8. How would you assess the working capital requirement of your company?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


9. What are the main recommendations of Tandon Committee?



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

308
10.What is maximum permissible finance? How is it calculated?

11. Why second method of financing of Tandon Committee has become more
acceptable to bankers than other methods?

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


12. After withdrawal of MPBF what methods are being followed by banks for
assessment of working capital of customer?

13. What is meant by working capital gap? How can it be arrived under the three

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

methods of lending?

14. From the following data, calculate the maximum permissible bank finance
under the three methods suggested by the Tandon Committee:

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Current Liabilities

Rs in lacs

Current Asset

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Rs in lacs

Creditors

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

100 Raw Material

160

Other current liabilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Work-in-progress

60

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Bank borrowing

180 Finished goods

120

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Other current assets

20

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Total

300 Total

360

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




The total Core Current Assets (CCA) is Rs.180 lacs.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Answer:

Method I

- Rs 180 lacs

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Method II

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

- Rs 150 lacs



Method III

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


- Rs 15 lacs



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

309



LESSON 5

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---




Working Capital Management

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Dimension of Working Capital Management

LESSON OUTLINE
1. Liquidity Vs profitability -

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Return-risk trade off

2. Current assets to Sales level
3. Financing mix in current

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

LEARNING OBJECTIVES

assets


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


4. A good working capital

After reading this lesson you should be

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

management policy

5. Overtrading and under

able to

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


trading

6. Working capital leverage

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Understand return-risk trade off

and know the different level of
current asset for different sales
level forecast, identify the

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

financing mix in order to invest in
working capital.

What are the important factors to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

consider for good working capital
management policy?

Understand, how to increase

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Return on Investment (ROI) with
working capital management.

Differentiating over trading and

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

under trading.




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


310
Background:

Working capital in general practice refers to the excess of current assets over

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


current liabilities. Management of working capital therefore, is concerned with

the problems that arise in attempting to manage current assets, current liabilities

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and the inter-relationship that exists between them. In other words it refers to all

the aspects of administration of both current assets and current liabilities.

What is working capital management?

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The basic goal of working capital management is to manage the current assets

and current liabilities of a firm in such a way that a satisfactory level of working

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

capital is maintained i.e., it is neither inadequate nor excessive. Companies face

many problems involving investment in current assets and current liabilities like:

What should be the level of investment in inventories and bills receivables?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


How much cash on marketable securities should be held? What should be the

level of credit purchase and outstanding expenses? To what extent should the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

current assets be financed through long-term funds? What is sound working

capital management policy? How to increase Return On Investment (ROI) with

working capital management? These questions relate to the current assets and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


current liabilities of the firm, and belong to the field of working capital

management. Working capital management is thus concerned with the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

profitability, liquidity and structured health of the organization. In this context,

working capital management has five dimensions:

1. Dimension 1 is concerned with the formulation of policies with regard to

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


profitability vs liquidity - Return and risk trade off

2. Dimension 2 is concerned with the decision about the determination of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

current assets to sales level

3. Dimension 3 is concerned with the decision about the financing of current

assets

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Dimension 4 is concerned with sound working capital management policy



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

311

5. Dimension 5 is concerned with other techniques used for working capital

management such as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


a) Ratio analysis
b) Over trading and under trading
c) Working capital leverage

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Dimension 1: Liquidity vs Profitability:

An important aspect of a working capital policy is to maintain and provide

sufficient liquidity to the firm. Like most corporate financing decisions, the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


decision on how much working capital should be maintained involves a trade-

off. Having a large net working capital may reduce the liquidity-risk faced by

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

the firm, but it can have a negative effect on the cash flows. Therefore, the net

effect on the value of the firm should be used to determine the optimal amount

of working capital. A firm must maintain enough cash balance or other liquid

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


assets so that it never faces problems of payment to liabilities. Does it mean that

a firm should maintain unnecessarily large liquidity to pay the creditors? Can a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

firm adopt such a policy? Certainly not. "There is also another side for a coin".

Greater liquidity makes it easy for a firm to meet its payment commitments, but

simultaneously greater liquidity involves cost also.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


The risk-return trade-off involved in managing the firm's working

capital is a trade-off between the firm's liquidity and its profitability. By

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

maintaining a large investment in current assets like cash, inventory etc., the

firm reduces the chance of (1) production stoppages and the loss from sales due

to inventory shortage and (2) the inability to pay the creditors on time. However,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


as the firm increases its investment in working capital, there is not a

corresponding increase in its expected returns. As a result the firm's return on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

investment drops because the profit is unchanged while the investment in

current assets increases.


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


312


In addition to the above, the firm's use of current liability versus long-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


term debt also involves a risk-return trade-off. Other things being equal, the

greater the firm's reliance on the short-term debts or current liability in

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

financing its current investment, the greater the risk of illiquidity. On the other

hand, the use of current liability can be advantageous as it is less costly and is a

flexible means of financing. A firm can reduce its risk of illiquidity through the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


use of long-term debts at the cost of reduction in its return on investment. The

risk-return trade-off thus involves an increased risk of illiquidity and

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

profitability.



So, there exists a trade-off between profitability and liquidity or a trade-

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


off between risk (liquidity) and return (profitability) with reference to working

capital. The risk in this context is measured by the profitability that the firm will

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

become technically insolvent by not paying current liability as they occur; and

profitability here means the reduction of cost of maintaining current assets. The

greater the amount of liquid assets a firm has, the less risky the firm is. In other

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


words, the more liquid is the firm, the less likely it is to become insolvent.

Conversely, lower levels of liquidity are associated with increasing levels of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

risk. So, the relationship of working capital, liquidity and risk of the firm is that

the liquidity and risk move in opposite direction. So, every firm, in order to

reduce the risk will tend to increase the liquidity. But, increased liquidity has a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


cost. If a firm wants to increase profit by reducing the cost of maintaining

liquidity, then it must also increase the risk. If it wants to decrease risk, the

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

profitability is also decreased. So, a trade-off between risk and return is

required.

From the above discussion, it is clear that, in order to increase the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


profitability, the firm reduces the current assets (and thereby increases fixed

assets). Consequently, the profitability of the firm will increase but the liquidity

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



313

will be reduced. The firm is now exposed to a greater risk of insolvency. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


risk return syndrome can be summed up as follows: when liquidity increases, the

risk of insolvency is reduced. However, when the liquidity is reduced, the

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

profitability increases but the risks of insolvency also increase. So, profitability

and risk move in the same direction. What is required on the part of the financial

manager is to maintain a balance between risk and profitability. Neither too

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


much of risk nor too much of profitability is good. This can be explained by

means of the balance sheet of PQR Ltd.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

The following is the balance sheet of PQR Ltd. as on 31st Dec 2006:


Liabilities

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rs

Asset

Rs

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Share capital

5,00,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Fixed asset

10,00,000

Debenture

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


6,00,000

Current Asset

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

2,00,000

Current liabilities

1,00,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


12,00,000

12,00,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The firm is earning 10% return on fixed assets and 2% return on current

asset. Find out the effect on liquidity and profitability of the firm for the

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

following:

1. Increase in current asset by 25%.
2. Decrease in current asset by 25%

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Solution:

The present earning of the firm may be ascertained as follows:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

10% return on fixed asset (10,00,000 x 10/100)



Rs 1,00,000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


2% return on current asset (2,00,000 x 2/100)



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Rs 4,000

Total return


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


1,04,000

Total assets

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(10,00,000 + 2,00,000)




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Rs 12,00,000

Rate of return (Earning/total asset)(1,04,000/12,00,000) x 100

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

8.67%

Ratio of current asset to total asset (2,00,000/12,00,000) 16.7%


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


314
Evaluation of Effect on Liquidity vs Profitability

The above problem shows that as the current assets are increased by 25%

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Particular

Present CA

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Increase in CA

Decrease in
CA

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Current asset

2,00,000

2,50,000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


1,50,000

Fixed asset

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,00,000

9,50,000

10,50,000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Return on fixed asset @



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---





10%

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,00,000

95,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

1,05,000




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Return on current asset @

4,000

5000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


3000

2%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---





Total return

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,04,000

1,00,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

1,08,000




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Ratio of CA to TA

16.67%

20.8%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


12.5%



--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Current liabilities

1,00,000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1,00,000

1,00,000


--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



Ratio of CA to CL

2

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


2.5

1.5

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Return as a % of TA

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

8.67%

8.33%

9%

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(from Rs 2,00,000 to Rs 2,50,000), the ratio of current asset to total asset also

increase from 16.7% to 20.8%. The ratio of current asset to current liabilities

also increases from 2 to 2.5 times indicating lesser risk of insolvency. However,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


with this increase, the overall earning of the firm has reduced from Rs 1,04,000

to Rs 1,00,000 or from 8.67% to 8.33% of the total assets. Thus, if the firm opts

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

to increase the current assets in order to increase the liquidity, the profitability of

the firm also goes down.

In case, the firm opts to reduce the level of current assets by 25% from

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Rs 2,00,000 to Rs 1,50,000, the ratio of current asset to total asset will go down

from 16.7% to 12.5% and the ratio of current asset to current liabilities will also

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



315

go down from 2 to 1.5 times. However, the profitability increases from 8.67% to

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


9%.

Thus the problem shows that liquidity and return are opposite forces and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the financial manager will have to find out a level of current asset where the risk

as well as the return, both optimum. The firm just cannot decrease the current

asset to increase the profitability because it will result in increase of risk also.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


The firm should maintain the current asset at such a level at which both the risk

and profitability are optimum.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Dimension 2: Determining the ratio of current assets to sales level:

As already said, there is an inevitable relationship between the sales and

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

the current assets. The actual and the forecast sales have a major impact on the

amount of current assets, which the firm must maintain. So, depending upon the

sales forecast, the financial manager should also estimate the requirement of

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


current assets. This uncertainty may result in spontaneous increase in current

assets in line with the increase in sales level, and may bring the firm to a face-to-

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

face tight working capital position. In order to overcome this uncertainty, the

financial manager may establish a minimum level as well as a safety component

for each of the current asset for different levels of sales. But how much should

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


this safety component be? It may be noted that in fact, this safety component

determines the type of working capital policy a firm is pursuing. There are three

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

types of working capital policies which a firm may adopt i.e. conservative,

moderate and aggressive working capital policy. These policies describe the

relationship between sales level and the level of current asset and have been

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


shown in figure



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



316
Current
Assets

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Conservative



--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Moderate




--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Aggressive



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---





Sales Level

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---




Fig. 5.1: Different types of working capital policies

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



The figure 5.1 shows that in case of moderate working capital policy, the

increase in sales level will be coupled with proportionate increase in level of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


current asset also e.g., if the sales increase or are expected to increase by 10%,

then the level of current assets will also increase by 10%. In case of conservative

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

working capital policy, the firm does not like to take risk. For every increase in

sales, the level of current assets will be increased more than proportionately.

Such a policy tends to reduce the risks of shortage of working capital by

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


increasing the safety component of current assets. The conservative working

capital policy also reduces the risk of non-payment to liabilities.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

On the other hand, a firm is said to have adopted an aggressive working

capital policy, if the increase in sales does not result in proportionate increase in

current assets. For example, for 10% increase in sales the level of current asset is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


increased by 7% only. This type of aggressive policy has many implications.

First, the risk of insolvency of the firm increases as the firm maintains lower

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

liquidity. Second, the firm is exposed to greater risk as it may not be able to face

unexpected change in market and, third, reduced investment in current assets

will result in increase in profitability of the firm.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




The effect of working capital policies on the profitability of a firm is

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

illustrated below:



317

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



WORKING CAPITAL POLICIES AND PROFITABILITY


--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



Particular

Conservative policy Aggressive Policy

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Sales

20,00,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

20,00,000

Earnings (EBIT)

5,00,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


5,00,000

Fixed Asset

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

10,00,000

10,00,000

Current Asset

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


12,00,000

10,00,000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Total Asset

22,00,000

20,00,000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Profitability=Return on total investment 5,00,000

5,00,000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

X 100

X 100

Total Asset

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


22,00,000

20,00,000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



= 22.7%

= 25%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---





In the conservative policy the firm has more current assets, which results

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


in high liquidity, low risk and low return (22.7%). Where as in the aggressive

policy the firm has less current assets, which result in low liquidity, high risk

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and high return (25%).


Dimension 3: Financing of working capital:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Short-term Vs long-term financing:

A firm should decide whether or not it should use short-term financing. If short-

term financing has to be used, the firm must determine its portion in total

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


financing. This decision of the firm will be guided by the risk-return trade-off.

Short-term financing may be preferred over long-term financing for two reasons:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

(1) the cost advantage and (2) flexibility. But short-term financing is more risky

than long-term financing.

Cost of financing:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


The cost of financing has an impact on the firm's return. As short-term financing

costs less, the return would be relatively higher. Long-term financing not only

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



318
involves higher cost, but also makes the rate of return on equity lesser. Thus,

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

short-term financing is desirable from the point of view of return

Flexibility:

It is relatively easy to refund short-term funds when the need for funds

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


diminishes. Long-term funds such as debenture loan or preference capital cannot

be refunded before time. Thus, if a firm anticipates that its requirement for funds

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

will diminish in near future, it would choose to short-term funds because of this

flexibility.

Risk of financing with short term sources:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Although short-term financing involves less cost, but it is more risky than long-

term financing. If the firm uses short-term financing to finance its current asset,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

it runs the risk of renewing the borrowing again and again. This is particularly

so in the case of the permanent current assets. As discussed earlier, permanent

current assets refer to the minimum level of current assets, which a firm should

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


always maintain. If the firm finances its permanent current assets with short-

term debt, it will have to raise new short-term funds, as the debt matures. This

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

continued financing exposes the firm to certain risks. It may be difficult for the

firm to borrow during stringent credit periods. At times, the firm may be unable

to raise any funds and consequently, its operating activities may be disrupted. In

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


order to avoid failure, the firm may have to borrow at most inconvenient terms.

These problems do not arise when the firm finances with long-term funds. There

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

is less risk of failure when the long-term financing is used.

Thus, there is a conflict between long-term and short-term financing.

Short-term financing is less expensive than long-term financing, but at the same

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


time, short-term financing involves greater risk than long-term financing. The

choice between long-term and short-term financing involves a trade-off between

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---



319

risk and return. This trade-off may be further explained with the help of an

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


example.

Suppose that a firm has an investment of Rs. 5 lakhs in its assets, Rs 3

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

lakhs invested in fixed assets and Rs. 2 lakhs in current asset. It is expected that

assets yield a return of 18% before interest and taxes. Tax rate is assumed to be

50%. The firm maintains a debt ratio of 60%. Thus, the firm's assets are

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


financed by 40% equity that is Rs 2,00,000 equity funds are invested in its total

assets. The firm has to decide whether it should use a 10% short-term debt or

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

12% long-term debt. The financing plans would affect the return on equity funds

differently. The calculations of return on equity are shown in table.

Comment [h4]:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

Financing plans:




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Conservative Moderate Aggressive
Amount(Rs.) Amount(Rs.) Amount(Rs.)

Fixed asset

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



300000

300000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


300000

Current asset

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

200000

200000

200000

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


Total asset



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

500000

500000

500000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---



Short-term Debt(10%) 60000

150000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


300000

Long-term Debt(12%)240000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

150000

0

EBIT

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




90000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

90000

90000

Less: Interest

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34800

33000

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

30000

EBT


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


55200

57000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

60000

Less: Tax 50%

27600

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


28500

30000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Net Income



27600

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


28500

30000

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

Equity



200000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


200000

200000

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Return on equity

13.8%

14.25%

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


15%

SF/TF

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



12%


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


30%



--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

60%

where SF = Short-term fund; TF = Total funds


--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

It is clear from the table that return on equity is highest under the

aggressive plan and lowest under the conservative plan. The result of moderate

plan is in between these two extremes. However, aggressive plan is more risky

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




320
as, short-term financing as a ratio of total financing, is maximum in this case.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The short-term financing to total financing ratio is minimum in case of the

conservative plan and, therefore, it is less risky.

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

The figure 5.2 shows that the aggressive approach results in a low cost -

high risk situation while the conservative approach results in a high cost-low

risk situation. The trade-off between risk and return give a financing mix that

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


lies between these two extremes. For this purposes, the risk and return

associated with different financing mix can be analyzed and accordingly a

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

decision can be taken up. One way of achieving a trade-off is to find out, in the

first instance, the average working capital required (on the basis of minimum

and maximum during a period). Then this average working capital may be

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


financed by long-term sources and other requirement if any, arising from time to

time may be met from short-term sources. For example, a firm may require a

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

minimum and maximum working capital of Rs.25,000 and Rs.35,000

respectively during a particular year. The firms have long-term sources of

Rs.30,000 (i.e. average of Rs.25,000 and Rs.35,000) and additional requirement

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


over and above Rs.30,000 may out of short-term sources as and when the need

arises. Amount

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---



L

ow

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


Conservativ

Profit

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

e



Trade off

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


s



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


d
n

f

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


f
u

Aggressive

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---




s
t

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


o

o

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---



C


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




High
Profit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Amount

High

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

Low

Net working capital

Risk

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Risk



--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

321

Fig. 5.2:The risk-return trade-off and financing mix


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Dimension 4: A sound working capital management policy

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


General Rules
Set planning standards for stock days, debtor's days and creditor days.
Having set planning standard (as above) - keep up to them. Impress on staff

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

that these targets are just as important as operating budgets and standard
costs.

Instill an understanding amongst the staff that working capital management

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

produces profits.

Rules on Stocks

Keep stock levels as low as possible, consistent with not running out of stock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


and not ordering stock in uneconomically small quantities.

Consider keeping stock in warehouse, drawing on it as needed and saving

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

warehousing cost.

Rules on Debtors/Customers

Assess all significant new customers for their ability to pay. Take references,

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


examine accounts, and ask around. Try not to take on new customers who
would be poor payers.

Re-assess all significant customers periodically. Stop supplying existing

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


customers who are poor payers-you may lose sales, but you are after quality
of business rather than quantity of business. Sometime poor-paying
customers suddenly find cash to settle invoices if their suppliers are being
cut off. If customers can't pay / won't pay let your competitors have them-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

give your competitors a few more problems.

Consider factoring sales invoice ? the extra cost may be worth it in terms of

quick payment of sales revenue, less debtors administration and more time to

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

carry out your business (Rather than spend time chasing debts)

Consider offering discounts for prompt settlement of invoice, but only if the

discounts are lower than the costs of borrowing the money owed from other

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

sources.



322

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Rules on Creditors

Do not pay invoices too early - take advantage of credit offered by suppliers

- it's free!!

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Only pay early if the supplier is offering a discount. Even then, consider this

to be an investment. Will you get a better return by using working capital to
settle the invoice and take the discount than by investing the working capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

in some other way?


Dimension 5: Other techniques

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

a) Ratio analysis:

A ratio is a simple arithmetical expression of the relationship of one number to

another. The technique of ratio analysis can be employed for measuring short-

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


term liquidity or working capital position of a firm. The following ratios may be

calculated for this purpose:

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

(a) Current Ratio
(b) Acid test Ratio
(c) Inventory turnover ratio
(d) Receivable turnover ratio
(e) Payable turnover ratio

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

(f) Working capital turnover ratio

b) Overtrading and undertrading:

The concepts of overtrading and undertrading are intimately connected with the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


net working capital position of the business. To be more precise they are

connected with the liquidity position of the business.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sometimes students may confuse over capitalization and under

capitalization with over trading and under trading. They are entirely different.

The former is concerned with investment on fixed assets where as the latter is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


concerned with investment into working capital. In this chapter since we are

particular about working capital management we can concentrate on overtrading

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

and undertrading.



323

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


For sound working capital management one should understand what is

overtrading and undertrading and how it can be overcome and hence it is

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

discussed in detail below:


Overtrading:

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

Overtrading is an aspect of undercapitalisation, which means an attempt being

made by business concern to increase value of operation with insufficient

amount working capital. As a result the turnover ratio will be more, current and

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


liquidity ratio will be less under this situation, the firm may not be in a position

to maintain the sufficient amount of current assets like cash, bills receivables,

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

inventories etc., and has to depend upon the mercy of the suppliers to supply

them at the right time. The firm is also not in a position to extend credit to its

customers on one side and on the other side the firm may delay the payment too

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


the creditors. This situation should not be continued for a longer period, as it is

dangerous for the business since disproportionate increase in the operations of

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

the business without adequate working capital may bring a sudden collapse.

The over trading should be carefully identified and overcome in the early

stage itself in order to place the firm in the right direction. In the case of

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


overtrading, 1. A firm can witness higher amount of creditors than the debtors.

2. A firm may buy the fixed assets with the help of short-term sources such cash

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

credit, overdraft, Trade creditors etc, and 3. The firm will have a low current

ratio and a high turn over ratio. The cure for overtrading is very simple (1) The

firm can go for sufficient amount of long-term sources like issue of share, issue

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


of debenture, term loans etc. (2) In case if the above is not possible the

operations have to be reduced to manage with the help of present sources of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

funds available. (3). Sell the business as a going concern.




--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


324
Undertrading:

It is just the reverse to over trading. It means improper utilisation of working

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


capital. Under this situation the firm's turnover ratio will be less current ratio

and liquidity ratio will be high. As a result the level of trading is low as

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

compared to capital employed. It results in increase in current assets like cash

balance, bills receivable, inventories etc.,

This situation arises because of under utilisation of firm's resources.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


Under trading is an aspect of overcapitalization.

Higher current ratio and low turnover results in decreased return on

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---

investment. This can be improved by the firm's policy of adopting a more

dynamic and result oriented approach, The firm may go for diversification,

expansion by under taking new profitable jobs, projects etc. If a firm is not able

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


to do the above steps then it can try to return a part of the debt, which are idle.


c) Working Capital Leverage:

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


The ultimate aim of business is increasing return on investment (ROI). How to

increase the ROI? This can be possible only with the help of increased turnover.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---

How this can be possible. This is possible only by increasing the operating

cycle as much as possible. For example, if the cycle of cash ?> RM ?> WIP ?

> FG ?> Debtors can be rotated 8 times instead of 6 times, naturally the ROI

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


will increase. This can be illustrated as given below.

Suppose the operating profit margin is 6% and Working capital turnover

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---

represented by operating cycle is 6 times then ROI is 36% Supposes it increase

by 2 times, the ROI will increase by 6x2 = 12%. However the turnover ratio not

only depend upon the current assets but it also takes the fixed assets but we can't

--- Content provided by​ FirstRanker.com ---


forget current assets also one of the important element to increase to turnover.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

325

Working Capital Leverage expresses the relationship between efficiency

of WCM and ROI. Insufficient Working Capital Management leads to decrease

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


in the turn over which results in decrease profit which in turn results in

decreased ROI. On the other hand increase in operating cycle of the business

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

efficiently will lead to increase in turnover and hence higher profitability.

Key Words


--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

1. Conservative approach refers the working capital needs are primarily
financed by long-term sources and the use of short-term sources may be
restricted to unexpected and emergency situation.

2. Aggressive approach means the firm decide to finance a part of the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

permanent working capital by short-term sources.

3. Hedging approach means trade-off between conservative and aggressive
approach.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

4. Working capital leverage expresses the relationship between efficiency of
working capital management and return on investment.

5. Over trading is an aspect of under capitalization, which means an attempt
being made by business concern to increase value of operation with insufficient

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

amount of working capital.

6. Under trading means improper utilisation of working capital. It is due to
overcapitalisation.

--- Content provided by‍ FirstRanker.com ---


Self-assessment Questions/Exercises

1. "In managing working capital the finance manager faces the problem of

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

compromising the conflicting goals of liquidity and profitability". Comment
what strategy should the finance manager develop to solve this problem?


2. How would you judge the efficiency of the management of working capital

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

in a business enterprise? Explain with the help of hypothetical data.



326

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

3. State the areas, which you consider, would require the particular attention of
the management for effective working capital management.

4. Explain and illustrate the profitability vs liquidity trade-off in working
capital management.

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---


5. What is "conservative approach" to working capital financing? How is it
different from "aggressive approach"?

6. "Liquidity and profitability are competing goals for the finance manager"

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

comment.

7. "Merely increasing the total working capital does not necessarily reduce the
riskness of the firm, rather the composition of current assets is equally
important" Discuss.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


8. Should a firm finance its working capital requirements only with short term
financing? If not why?

9. Explain the risk return trade off of current assets financing.

--- Content provided by‌ FirstRanker.com ---


10. What is "Conservative Approach" to working capital financing? How is it
different from hedging approach?

11. Is the "Aggressive Approach" to working capital financing a good

--- Content provided by⁠ FirstRanker.com ---

proposition? What may be the consequences?

***


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


327